1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
73 /* readline include files */
74 #include "readline/readline.h"
75 #include "readline/history.h"
77 /* readline defines this. */
80 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
81 #include "extension.h"
83 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
84 enum exception_event_kind
91 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
93 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
95 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
97 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
99 static void disable_command (char *, int);
101 static void enable_command (char *, int);
103 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
107 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
109 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
111 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
115 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
116 enum bptype type_wanted
);
118 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
119 struct linespec_result
*,
120 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
121 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
123 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
124 int, int, int, unsigned);
126 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
127 const struct event_location
*location
,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
143 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
144 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
149 struct symtab_and_line
,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
153 static struct breakpoint
*
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
170 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
172 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
173 struct address_space
*aspace
,
176 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
177 struct address_space
*,
180 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
182 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
184 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
185 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
187 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
189 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
191 static void commands_command (char *, int);
193 static void condition_command (char *, int);
202 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
203 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
205 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
207 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
209 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
211 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
213 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
215 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
217 int *other_type_used
);
219 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
221 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
223 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
226 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
228 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
230 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
232 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
238 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
240 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
241 insert locations now. */
242 enum ugll_insert_mode
244 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
245 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
246 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
247 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
248 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
249 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
250 returns true on them.
252 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
253 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
254 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
255 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
256 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
257 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
261 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
262 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
265 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
266 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
267 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
268 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
269 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
270 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
271 as no thread is running yet. */
275 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
277 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
279 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
281 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
283 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
285 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
287 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
289 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
291 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
293 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
295 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
297 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
299 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
302 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
304 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
305 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
306 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
307 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
309 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
310 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
312 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
313 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
315 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
316 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
318 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
320 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
322 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
323 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
325 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
326 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
328 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
329 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
330 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
331 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
332 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
333 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
335 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
336 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
337 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
338 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
344 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
346 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
347 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
348 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
349 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
351 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
353 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
354 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
355 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
356 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
357 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
358 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
359 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
361 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
363 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
365 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
367 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
368 breakpoints share a single command list. */
369 struct counted_command_line
371 /* The reference count. */
374 /* The command list. */
375 struct command_line
*commands
;
378 struct command_line
*
379 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
381 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
384 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
385 current breakpoint. */
387 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
390 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
392 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
393 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
395 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
397 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
400 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
401 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
402 if such is available. */
403 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
406 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
407 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
410 fprintf_filtered (file
,
411 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
412 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
416 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
417 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
418 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
419 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
420 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
422 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
423 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
426 fprintf_filtered (file
,
427 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
428 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
432 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
433 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
434 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
435 use hardware breakpoints. */
436 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
438 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
447 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
448 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
449 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
450 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
451 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
452 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
453 processing user input. */
454 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
457 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
458 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
460 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
464 /* See breakpoint.h. */
467 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
469 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
471 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
472 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
473 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
476 else if (target_has_execution
)
478 struct thread_info
*tp
;
480 if (always_inserted_mode
)
482 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
487 if (threads_are_executing ())
490 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
491 stopped, we still have events to process. */
492 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
494 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
500 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
502 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
503 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
504 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
505 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
506 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
507 condition_evaluation_auto
,
508 condition_evaluation_host
,
509 condition_evaluation_target
,
513 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
514 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
516 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
517 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
518 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
520 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
521 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
522 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
526 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
528 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
530 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
531 return condition_evaluation_target
;
533 return condition_evaluation_host
;
539 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
542 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
544 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
547 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
551 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
553 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
555 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
558 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
560 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
561 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
563 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
564 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
566 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
567 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
569 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
570 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
571 current breakpoint. */
573 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
575 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
576 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
577 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
580 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
581 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
582 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
584 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
585 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
586 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
589 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
590 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
591 to where the loop should start from.
592 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
593 appropriate location to start with. */
595 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
596 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
597 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
599 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
600 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
603 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
605 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
606 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
607 if (is_tracepoint (B))
609 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
611 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
613 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
615 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
617 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
619 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
621 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
622 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
623 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
624 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
625 an address you need to read. */
627 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
629 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
630 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
631 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
632 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
633 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
635 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
637 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
638 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
640 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
642 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
644 static int breakpoint_count
;
646 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
647 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
648 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
649 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
650 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
652 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
654 static int tracepoint_count
;
656 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
657 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
658 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
660 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
663 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
666 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
670 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
677 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
679 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
681 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
684 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
687 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
689 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
690 breakpoint_count
= num
;
691 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
694 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
695 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
696 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
698 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
702 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
704 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
707 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
711 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
713 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
716 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
719 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
721 struct breakpoint
*b
;
727 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
728 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
730 static struct counted_command_line
*
731 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
733 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
736 result
->commands
= commands
;
741 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
744 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
750 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
751 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
752 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
755 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
759 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
761 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
768 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
771 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
773 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
776 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
779 static struct cleanup
*
780 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
782 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
786 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
787 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
790 get_breakpoint (int num
)
792 struct breakpoint
*b
;
795 if (b
->number
== num
)
803 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
804 evaluating conditions on its side. */
807 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
809 struct bp_location
*loc
;
811 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
812 evaluating conditions and if the user has
813 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
815 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
816 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
819 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
822 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
823 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
826 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
827 evaluating conditions on its side. */
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
832 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
833 evaluating conditions and if the user has
834 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
836 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
837 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
841 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
844 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
847 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
848 condition_evaluation_mode. */
851 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
852 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
854 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
856 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
857 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
859 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
860 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
861 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
865 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
866 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
868 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
869 settings was "auto". */
870 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
872 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
873 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
875 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
876 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
877 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
879 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
880 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
883 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
885 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
887 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
888 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
892 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
893 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
894 target knows about. */
895 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
896 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
897 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
901 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
907 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
908 what "auto" is translating to. */
911 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
912 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
914 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
915 fprintf_filtered (file
,
916 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
917 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
919 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
921 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
925 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
926 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
927 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
930 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
932 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
933 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
935 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
938 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
941 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
942 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
943 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
946 static struct bp_location
**
947 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
949 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
950 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
951 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
953 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
954 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
955 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
957 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
958 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
959 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
960 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
961 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
963 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
964 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
967 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
968 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
969 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
970 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
977 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
980 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
981 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
983 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
985 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
992 struct bp_location
*loc
;
994 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
999 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1000 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1001 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1008 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1012 const char *arg
= exp
;
1014 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1015 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1016 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1017 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1019 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1021 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1023 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1025 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1027 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1028 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1032 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1034 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1038 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1039 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1041 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1045 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1047 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1050 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1052 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1053 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1054 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1058 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1059 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1063 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1064 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1068 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1069 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1071 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1074 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1075 len
= strlen (text
);
1081 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1083 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1084 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1090 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1091 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1092 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1095 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1098 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1100 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1105 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1108 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1110 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1113 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1115 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1116 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1117 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1118 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1119 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1121 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1123 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1124 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1125 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1127 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1129 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1130 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1135 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1138 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1139 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1140 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1143 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1145 struct command_line
*c
;
1147 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1151 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1153 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1155 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1156 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1158 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1159 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1160 command directly. */
1161 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1162 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1164 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1165 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1169 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1172 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1174 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1175 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1176 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1180 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1182 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1185 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1186 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1190 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1191 struct command_line
*commands
)
1193 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1195 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1196 struct command_line
*c
;
1197 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1199 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1200 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1204 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1205 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1206 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1207 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1208 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1209 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1210 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1211 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1212 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1213 tracepoint's context. */
1214 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1216 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1218 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1219 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1220 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1221 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1222 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1223 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1226 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1227 "can be used only once"));
1232 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1236 struct command_line
*c2
;
1238 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1239 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1240 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1242 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1243 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1249 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1253 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1254 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1257 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1259 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1260 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1261 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1264 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1266 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1267 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1268 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1274 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1275 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1278 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1279 struct command_line
*commands
)
1281 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1283 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1284 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1285 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1288 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1289 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1293 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1295 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1298 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1299 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1302 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1303 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1306 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1308 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1311 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1312 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1315 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1316 breakpoint work for any task. */
1319 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1321 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1324 if (old_task
!= task
)
1325 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1329 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1331 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1333 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1336 /* A structure used to pass information through
1337 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1339 struct commands_info
1341 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1344 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1347 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1348 already-parsed command. */
1349 struct command_line
*control
;
1351 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1353 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1356 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1357 commands_command. */
1360 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1362 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1364 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1366 struct command_line
*l
;
1368 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1369 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1372 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1375 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1376 "%s, one per line."),
1379 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1381 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1384 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1387 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1390 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1393 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1395 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1397 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1398 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1399 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1400 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1401 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1406 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1407 struct command_line
*control
)
1409 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1410 struct commands_info info
;
1412 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1413 info
.control
= control
;
1415 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1416 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1417 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1419 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1421 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1422 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1424 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1425 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1428 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1429 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1430 numbers will fail in this case. */
1435 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1437 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1440 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1444 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1446 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1447 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1449 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1453 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1455 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1458 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1459 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1461 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1462 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1463 enum command_control_type
1464 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1466 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1467 return simple_control
;
1470 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1473 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1475 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1479 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1480 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1485 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1486 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1489 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1490 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1491 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1494 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1495 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1496 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1497 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1498 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1500 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1501 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1505 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1506 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1508 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1512 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1514 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1515 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1517 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1519 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1524 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1526 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1531 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1532 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1534 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1535 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1536 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1540 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1542 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1543 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1546 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1548 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1549 shadow_contents buffer. */
1550 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1551 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1552 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1554 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1556 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1557 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1561 const unsigned char *bp
;
1562 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1565 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1566 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1567 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1569 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1571 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1573 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1574 breakpoint's INSN. */
1575 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1579 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1580 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1582 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1583 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1584 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1586 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1587 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1588 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1589 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1590 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1591 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1592 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1593 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1595 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1598 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1599 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1600 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1602 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1604 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1607 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1608 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1609 report higher one. */
1612 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1613 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1615 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1617 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1618 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1620 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1621 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1622 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1623 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1625 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1626 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1627 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1629 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1631 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1638 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1639 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1640 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1641 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1642 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1645 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1647 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1648 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1649 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1652 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1655 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1657 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1659 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1660 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1664 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1665 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1666 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1669 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1672 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1673 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1674 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1677 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1680 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1681 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1687 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1691 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1693 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1694 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1695 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1698 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1701 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1703 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1704 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1705 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1708 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1712 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1714 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1715 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1718 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1719 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1720 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1721 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1722 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1723 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1724 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1725 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1728 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1730 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1731 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1732 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1733 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1736 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1737 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1740 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1742 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1744 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1746 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1747 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1748 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1749 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1750 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1752 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1755 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1758 static struct value
*
1759 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1761 struct value
*bit_val
;
1766 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1768 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1771 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1778 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1779 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1780 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1781 to be able to report stops. */
1784 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1785 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1787 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1789 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1790 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1791 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1792 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1795 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1796 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1799 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1801 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1803 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1804 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1805 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1808 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1809 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1810 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1811 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1813 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1815 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1816 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1819 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1820 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1821 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1822 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1823 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1824 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1825 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1826 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1828 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1829 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1830 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1831 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1832 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1833 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1834 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1835 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1838 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1839 hardware watchpoints:
1841 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1842 called several times when GDB stops.
1845 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1846 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1847 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1848 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1849 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1850 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1851 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1852 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1853 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1854 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1855 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1857 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1858 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1861 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1863 int within_current_scope
;
1864 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1867 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1868 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1869 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1870 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1873 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1878 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1879 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1880 within_current_scope
= 1;
1883 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1884 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1885 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1887 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1888 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1889 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1890 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1891 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1894 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1895 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1896 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1897 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1900 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1902 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1903 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1904 if (within_current_scope
)
1908 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1909 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1910 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1913 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1922 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1923 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1924 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1925 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1926 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1927 be completely different objects. */
1928 value_free (b
->val
);
1932 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1933 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1934 locations (re)created below. */
1935 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1937 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1939 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1943 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1944 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1948 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1949 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1950 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1951 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1952 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1953 if (!target_has_execution
)
1955 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1956 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1957 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1958 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1960 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1961 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1963 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1964 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1967 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1970 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1971 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1973 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1975 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1976 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1977 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1978 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1979 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1981 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1983 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1985 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1993 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1995 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1996 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1998 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1999 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2000 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2001 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2002 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2003 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2004 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2006 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2008 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2009 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2010 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2012 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2013 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2016 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2017 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2018 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2020 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2022 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2024 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2025 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2027 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2029 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2030 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2031 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2032 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2033 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2036 addr
= value_address (v
);
2039 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2044 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2046 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2049 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2050 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2053 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2055 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2056 loc
->address
= addr
;
2060 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2061 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2064 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2066 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2071 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2072 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2073 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2078 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2079 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2081 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2085 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2088 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2089 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2090 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2092 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2093 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2094 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2095 this watchpoint in as well. */
2097 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2098 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2099 hardware watchpoint type. */
2100 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2101 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2102 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2104 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2105 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2106 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2107 through watch_command), so always account for it
2110 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2111 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2113 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2114 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2117 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2118 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2120 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2122 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2123 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2124 "hardware watchpoint."));
2125 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2126 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2127 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2129 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2130 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2134 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2135 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2136 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2138 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2141 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2143 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2144 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2145 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2147 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2148 "read/access watchpoint."));
2151 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2153 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2154 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2155 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2156 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2159 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2161 next
= value_next (v
);
2166 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2167 above left it without any location set up. But,
2168 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2169 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2170 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2171 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2173 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2175 printf_filtered (_("\
2176 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2177 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2179 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2182 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2184 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2188 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2189 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2190 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2191 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2192 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2194 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2196 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2199 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2202 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2205 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2208 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2209 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2210 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2211 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2212 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2213 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2214 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2215 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2216 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2219 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2221 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2222 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2223 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2228 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2229 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2230 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2231 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2236 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2237 instruction that triggered one. */
2238 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2239 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2243 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2244 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2245 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2246 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2255 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2256 that the location is not duplicated. */
2259 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2262 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2265 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2266 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2270 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2271 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2272 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2273 any error during parsing. */
2275 static struct agent_expr
*
2276 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2278 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2283 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2284 that may show up. */
2287 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2290 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2292 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2293 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2294 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2299 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2303 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2304 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2305 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2306 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2307 one of them is true. */
2310 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2312 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2313 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2314 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2315 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2317 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2318 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2320 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2321 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2322 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2324 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2325 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2328 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2329 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2330 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2331 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2332 response back to GDB. */
2333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2336 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2340 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2342 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2343 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2344 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2345 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2346 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2347 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2349 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2350 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2356 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2357 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2358 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2360 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2366 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2367 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2368 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2370 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2371 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2372 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2374 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2377 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2379 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2381 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2384 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2385 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2390 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2391 for this location's address. */
2392 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2396 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2397 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2398 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2400 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2401 conditions to the target. */
2402 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2403 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2409 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2410 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2411 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2413 static struct agent_expr
*
2414 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2416 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2417 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2418 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2419 const char *cmdrest
;
2420 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2421 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2423 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2430 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2432 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2434 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2435 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2437 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2439 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2441 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2443 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2445 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2446 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2448 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2450 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2451 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2453 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2455 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2457 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2459 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2460 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2463 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2468 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2469 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2471 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2475 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2476 that may show up. */
2479 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2480 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2481 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2483 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2485 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2486 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2487 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2492 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2494 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2498 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2499 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2500 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2503 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2505 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2506 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2507 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2508 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2510 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2511 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2513 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2516 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2517 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2520 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2521 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2522 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2524 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2527 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2528 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2529 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2533 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2534 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2535 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2536 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2537 response back to GDB. */
2538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2541 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2545 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2547 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2548 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2549 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2550 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2551 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2552 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2553 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2559 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2560 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2561 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2563 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2569 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2571 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2573 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2576 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2577 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2579 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2581 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2584 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2585 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2590 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2591 for this location's address. */
2592 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2595 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2596 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2597 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2598 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2600 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2601 to send the commands to the target. */
2602 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2606 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2607 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2608 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2609 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2612 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2613 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2614 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2615 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2618 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2619 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2621 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2622 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2623 int *disabled_breaks
,
2624 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2625 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2627 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2628 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2630 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2633 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2634 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2635 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2636 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2637 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2638 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2639 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2640 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2641 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2642 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2643 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2644 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2646 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2647 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2648 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2649 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2651 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2653 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2654 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2655 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2656 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2659 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2660 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2662 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2664 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2665 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2666 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2668 Two important cases are:
2669 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2670 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2671 hardware breakpoint.
2672 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2673 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2674 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2677 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2678 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2679 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2680 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2682 struct mem_region
*mr
2683 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2687 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2689 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2691 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2692 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2694 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2696 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2698 static int said
= 0;
2700 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2703 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2704 _("Note: automatically using "
2705 "hardware breakpoints for "
2706 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2711 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2712 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2714 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2715 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2716 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2717 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2719 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2725 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2726 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2727 || bl
->section
== NULL
2728 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2730 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2735 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2737 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2739 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2742 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2748 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2749 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2750 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2752 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2753 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2754 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2755 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2756 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2760 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2762 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2763 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2764 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2766 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2771 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2772 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2774 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2776 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2779 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2783 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2784 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2785 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2786 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2790 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2791 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2793 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2798 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2800 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2802 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2805 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2811 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2812 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2817 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2819 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2821 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2822 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2823 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2824 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2825 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2826 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2827 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2828 errors as memory errors. */
2829 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2830 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2831 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2832 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2835 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2836 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2837 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2838 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2840 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2841 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2843 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2844 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2845 "library breakpoints:\n");
2847 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2848 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2849 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2854 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2856 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2857 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2858 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2859 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2860 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2861 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2862 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2866 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2869 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2870 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2871 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2873 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2874 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2876 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2877 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2881 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2882 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2897 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2898 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2899 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2900 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2904 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2905 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2907 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2909 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2910 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2911 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2913 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2915 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2916 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2918 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2920 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2921 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2925 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2926 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2933 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2934 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2937 /* Back to the original value. */
2938 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2942 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2945 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2949 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2950 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2952 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2955 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2959 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2960 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2962 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2965 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2967 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2968 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2969 so just return success. */
2976 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2977 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2981 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2983 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2984 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2986 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2987 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2989 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2990 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2993 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2994 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2995 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2997 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2999 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3001 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3002 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3003 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3005 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3006 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3008 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3014 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3015 removed locations above. */
3016 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3019 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3020 Throws exception on any error.
3021 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3022 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3024 insert_breakpoints (void)
3026 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3028 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3029 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3031 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3033 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3036 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3037 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3038 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3039 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3042 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3045 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3047 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3051 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3055 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3056 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3057 always-inserted mode. */
3060 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3062 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3065 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3066 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3067 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3069 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3070 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3072 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3073 there was an error. */
3074 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3076 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3078 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3080 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3082 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3085 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3086 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3087 deletion of breakpoints. */
3088 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3091 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3093 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3094 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3095 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3096 insert breakpoints. */
3097 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3098 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3101 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3102 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3109 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3110 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3113 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3116 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3119 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3121 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3122 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3125 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3126 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3127 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3129 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3130 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3132 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3133 there was an error. */
3134 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3136 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3138 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3140 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3143 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3144 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3145 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3146 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3147 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3150 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3152 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3153 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3154 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3155 insert breakpoints. */
3156 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3157 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3160 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3161 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3166 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3167 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3168 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3170 int some_failed
= 0;
3171 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3173 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3176 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3179 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3182 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3183 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3190 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3192 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3194 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3195 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3196 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3204 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3205 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3206 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3208 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3209 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3210 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3212 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3213 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3216 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3219 /* Used when the program stops.
3220 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3221 removing a breakpoint location. */
3224 remove_breakpoints (void)
3226 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3229 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3231 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3232 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3237 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3241 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3243 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3245 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3247 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3249 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3251 printf_filtered (_("\
3252 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3253 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3255 /* Hide it from the user. */
3261 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3264 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3266 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3268 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3270 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3272 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3275 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3277 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3286 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3288 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3289 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3291 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3292 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3293 struct inferior
*inf
;
3294 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3296 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3300 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3301 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3303 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3305 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3306 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3308 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3310 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3316 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3319 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3324 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3328 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3330 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3331 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3332 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3333 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3334 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3335 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3337 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3340 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3343 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3344 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3348 static struct breakpoint
*
3349 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3350 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3351 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3353 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3354 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3356 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3359 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3360 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3362 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3363 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3364 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3369 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3371 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3373 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3375 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3376 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3378 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3379 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3381 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3382 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3384 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3385 int longjmp_searched
;
3387 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3388 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3390 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3391 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3393 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3394 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3396 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3397 int exception_searched
;
3399 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3400 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3403 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3405 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3406 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3408 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3411 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3413 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3416 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3417 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3419 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3420 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3422 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3424 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3425 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3426 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3429 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3431 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3432 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3434 return bp_objfile_data
;
3438 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3440 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3441 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3443 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3444 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3448 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3450 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3451 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3453 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3455 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3456 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3458 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3460 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3462 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3465 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3467 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3469 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3470 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3472 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3473 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3476 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3479 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3480 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3482 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3483 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3484 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3485 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3487 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3489 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3490 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3494 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3495 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3498 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3502 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3504 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3505 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3507 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3509 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3511 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3513 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3515 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3518 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3519 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3521 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3523 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3525 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3529 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3532 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3533 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3535 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3537 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3538 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3539 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3543 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3544 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3547 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3550 struct probe
*probe
;
3551 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3554 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3555 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3559 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3561 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3562 get_probe_address (probe
,
3565 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3567 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3568 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3574 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3577 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3579 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3580 const char *func_name
;
3582 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3584 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3587 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3588 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3590 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3592 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3593 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3595 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3596 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3599 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3602 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3603 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3604 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3605 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3606 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3607 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3608 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3612 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3614 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3617 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3619 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3621 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3622 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3623 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3625 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3627 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3629 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3632 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3634 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3636 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3637 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3638 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3640 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3642 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3645 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3647 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3649 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3650 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3651 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3653 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3654 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3657 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3660 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3661 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3662 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3663 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3664 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3665 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3666 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3667 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3671 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3673 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3676 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3679 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3681 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3682 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3684 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3686 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3687 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3688 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3690 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3692 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3694 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3695 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3699 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3703 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3704 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3706 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3708 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3709 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3710 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3714 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3715 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3718 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3720 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3722 struct probe
*probe
;
3725 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3726 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3730 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3732 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3733 get_probe_address (probe
,
3735 bp_exception_master
,
3736 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3738 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3739 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3745 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3747 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3750 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3752 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3754 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3756 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3757 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3759 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3763 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3766 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3767 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3769 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3770 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3771 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3772 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3773 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3774 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3777 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3781 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3783 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3784 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3786 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3787 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3788 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3789 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3790 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3791 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3792 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3793 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3794 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3795 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3796 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3800 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3803 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3804 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3810 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3811 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3813 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3817 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3818 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3819 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3820 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3821 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3823 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3827 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3828 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3830 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3834 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3835 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3837 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3841 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3843 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3844 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3845 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3847 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3851 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3853 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3854 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3855 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3856 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3860 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3861 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3862 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3863 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3864 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3865 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3867 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3868 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3869 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3870 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3871 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3872 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3873 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3875 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3876 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3877 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3878 let finish_command delete it.
3880 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3881 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3882 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3883 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3884 solib breakpoints.) */
3886 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3891 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3892 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3894 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
3896 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3903 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3905 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3907 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3908 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3910 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3911 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3913 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3914 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3915 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3917 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3920 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3921 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3922 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3923 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3924 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3925 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3926 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3930 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3933 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3937 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3938 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3939 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3940 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3941 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3944 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3948 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3949 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3951 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3952 This should not ever happen. */
3953 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3955 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3956 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3958 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3959 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3960 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3962 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3963 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3964 || bl
->section
== NULL
3965 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3967 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3969 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3970 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3971 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3972 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3973 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3974 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3975 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3976 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3977 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3978 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3979 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3980 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3981 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3982 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3983 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3984 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3985 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3986 they should always be removed. */
3987 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3988 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3989 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3992 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3996 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3997 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3998 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
4000 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
4001 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4003 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4004 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4005 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4006 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4007 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4009 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4010 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4012 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4013 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4016 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4017 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4018 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4019 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4021 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4022 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4023 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4024 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4025 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4026 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4032 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4037 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4038 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4039 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4040 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4041 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4042 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4043 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4044 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4045 always-inserted mode. */
4047 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4048 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4049 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4050 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4056 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4058 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4060 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4061 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4063 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4064 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4066 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4067 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4068 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4071 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4072 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4075 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4076 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4078 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4082 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4089 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4092 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4094 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4095 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4097 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4098 This should not ever happen. */
4099 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4101 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4103 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4105 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4107 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4111 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4114 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4116 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4118 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4119 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4123 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4124 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4126 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4129 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4130 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4131 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4136 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4138 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4139 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4141 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4143 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4145 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4148 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4150 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4152 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4158 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4160 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4161 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4164 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4166 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4168 case bp_shlib_event
:
4170 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4171 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4172 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4173 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4174 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4176 (gdb) file prog-linux
4177 (gdb) run # native linux target
4180 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4181 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4184 case bp_step_resume
:
4186 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4188 case bp_single_step
:
4190 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4192 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4196 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4197 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4198 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4200 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4202 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4203 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4204 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4205 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4207 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4208 insert_breakpoints. */
4210 value_free (w
->val
);
4221 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4222 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4223 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4224 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4227 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4228 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4229 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4230 match, not program space. */
4232 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4233 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4234 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4235 permanent breakpoint.
4236 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4237 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4238 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4239 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4240 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4242 enum breakpoint_here
4243 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4245 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4246 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4248 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4250 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4251 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4254 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4255 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4257 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4259 if (overlay_debugging
4260 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4261 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4262 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4263 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4264 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4266 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4270 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4273 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4276 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4277 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4279 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4281 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4283 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4284 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4287 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4289 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4292 if (overlay_debugging
4293 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4294 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4296 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4307 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4310 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4312 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4315 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4316 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4322 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4326 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4327 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4330 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4333 if (overlay_debugging
4334 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4335 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4336 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4343 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4346 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4348 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4349 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4351 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4353 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4355 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4356 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4359 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4365 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4369 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4372 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4373 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4375 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4377 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4379 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4382 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4389 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4392 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4395 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4396 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4398 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4400 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4402 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4405 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4413 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4414 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4416 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4418 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4420 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4422 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4423 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4426 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4429 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4430 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4434 /* Check for intersection. */
4435 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4436 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4445 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4449 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4451 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4454 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4458 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4460 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4461 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4462 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4463 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4467 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4468 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4471 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4488 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4489 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4492 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4496 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4501 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4503 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4504 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4505 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4506 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4507 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4509 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4510 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4514 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4524 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4527 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4532 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4534 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4540 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4543 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4545 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4547 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4549 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4551 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4556 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4565 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4566 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4567 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4568 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4570 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4571 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4573 Return 1 otherwise. */
4576 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4578 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4581 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4583 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4584 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4585 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4586 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4587 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4589 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4591 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4595 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4598 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4600 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4603 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4606 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4610 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4612 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4614 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4616 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4622 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4625 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4627 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4629 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4631 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4632 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4633 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4634 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4635 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4639 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4642 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4645 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4647 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4650 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4651 or its equivalent. */
4654 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4656 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4659 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4660 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4661 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4662 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4664 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4665 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4666 bpstat of the current thread. */
4669 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4672 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4675 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4677 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4680 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4681 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4683 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4685 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4688 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4689 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4691 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4692 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4693 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4695 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4697 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4698 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4699 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4700 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4701 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4702 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4703 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4704 the tree when we're done. */
4705 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4706 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4707 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4708 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4709 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4711 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4717 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4719 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4725 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4726 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4728 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4730 if (interpreter_async
)
4731 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4732 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4733 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4736 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4737 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4738 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4739 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4740 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4741 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4742 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4743 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4744 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4745 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4746 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4747 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4748 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4753 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4758 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4760 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4762 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4763 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4764 && target_has_execution
4765 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4766 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4767 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4768 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4769 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4770 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4771 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4774 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4777 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4780 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4783 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4786 struct value_print_options opts
;
4787 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4788 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4792 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4793 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4794 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4795 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4798 static enum print_stop_action
4799 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4801 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4804 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4805 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4809 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4810 relevant messages. */
4811 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4814 case print_it_normal
:
4816 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4818 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4819 which has since been deleted. */
4821 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4823 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4824 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4829 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4830 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4835 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4838 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4841 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4843 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4847 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4848 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4849 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4851 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4852 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4853 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4856 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4857 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4858 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4862 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4866 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4867 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4870 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4875 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4876 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4877 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4880 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4885 struct so_list
*iter
;
4887 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4889 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4890 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4893 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4898 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4899 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4900 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4903 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4907 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4908 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4909 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4910 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4911 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4912 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4913 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4916 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4917 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4918 code to print the location. An example is
4919 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4921 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4922 to also print the location part of the message.
4923 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4924 don't require a location appended to the end.
4925 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4926 further info to be printed. */
4928 enum print_stop_action
4929 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4931 enum print_stop_action val
;
4933 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4934 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4935 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4936 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4937 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4939 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4940 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4941 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4942 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4946 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4947 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4948 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4949 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4951 print_solib_event (0);
4952 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4955 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4956 with and nothing was printed. */
4957 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4960 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4961 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4962 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4963 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4964 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4965 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4968 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4970 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4971 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4973 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4977 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4980 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4984 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4986 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4987 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4988 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4989 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4990 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4991 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4992 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4994 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4998 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4999 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5002 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5004 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5006 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5008 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5010 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5011 as not triggered. */
5013 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5015 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5017 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5023 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5025 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5026 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5028 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5030 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5032 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5038 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5039 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5043 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5045 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5046 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5048 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5049 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5051 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5053 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5054 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5056 if (newaddr
== start
)
5058 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5062 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5063 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5067 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5076 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5077 because of check_errors). */
5078 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5079 #define WP_DELETED 1
5080 /* The value has changed. */
5081 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5082 /* The value has not changed. */
5083 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5084 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5087 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5088 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5090 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5093 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5094 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5097 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5099 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5100 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5101 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5102 int within_current_scope
;
5104 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5105 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5106 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5108 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5109 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5110 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5111 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5114 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5115 within_current_scope
= 1;
5118 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5119 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5120 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5122 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5123 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5124 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5125 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5126 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5127 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5128 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5129 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5130 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5131 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5134 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5135 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5137 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5138 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5139 if (within_current_scope
)
5141 struct symbol
*function
;
5143 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5144 if (function
== NULL
5145 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5146 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5147 within_current_scope
= 0;
5150 if (within_current_scope
)
5151 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5152 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5157 if (within_current_scope
)
5159 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5160 time before we return to the command level and call
5161 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5162 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5166 struct value
*new_val
;
5168 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5169 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5170 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5171 a mask watchpoint. */
5172 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5174 mark
= value_mark ();
5175 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5177 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5178 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5180 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5181 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5182 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5183 not what we want. */
5184 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5185 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5187 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5189 release_value (new_val
);
5190 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5192 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5195 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5199 /* Nothing changed. */
5200 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5201 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5206 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5208 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5209 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5210 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5211 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5212 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5213 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5214 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5215 the first value assigned). */
5216 /* We print all the stop information in
5217 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5218 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5219 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5221 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5223 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5224 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5225 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5227 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5228 which its expression is valid.\n");
5230 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5231 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5232 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5238 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5239 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5240 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5243 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5244 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5245 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5247 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5249 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5250 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5252 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5255 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5256 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5259 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5261 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5262 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5264 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5265 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5266 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5267 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5268 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5271 int must_check_value
= 0;
5273 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5274 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5276 must_check_value
= 1;
5277 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5278 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5279 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5281 must_check_value
= 1;
5282 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5283 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5284 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5285 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5286 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5287 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5288 must_check_value
= 1;
5290 if (must_check_value
)
5293 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5295 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5296 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5298 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5302 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5303 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5307 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5310 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5311 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5313 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5315 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5316 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5317 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5318 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5319 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5320 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5321 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5324 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5325 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5328 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5329 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5330 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5331 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5333 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5334 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5335 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5338 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5339 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5340 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5341 changes. This still gives false positives when
5342 the program writes the same value to memory as
5343 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5344 it for a read), but it's much better than
5347 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5349 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5351 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5354 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5355 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5357 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5358 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5360 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5361 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5363 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5369 if (other_write_watchpoint
5370 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5372 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5373 and the value changed since the last time we
5374 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5376 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5381 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5382 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5383 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5385 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5386 the value hasn't changed. */
5387 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5395 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5396 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5397 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5398 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5399 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5403 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5405 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5406 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5407 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5408 anything for this watchpoint. */
5409 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5415 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5416 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5417 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5418 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5421 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5423 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5424 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5425 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5426 struct expression
*cond
;
5428 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5430 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5431 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5432 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5433 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5434 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5436 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5437 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5438 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5440 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5441 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5447 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5448 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5450 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5451 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5458 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5460 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5462 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5464 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5471 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5473 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5474 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5476 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5477 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5478 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5479 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5481 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5483 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5484 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5488 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5489 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5490 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5491 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5492 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5494 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5495 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5498 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5500 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5501 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5502 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5503 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5504 really matter which instantiation of the function
5505 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5506 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5507 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5508 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5509 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5510 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5511 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5512 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5514 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5516 select_frame (frame
);
5518 within_current_scope
= 0;
5520 if (within_current_scope
)
5522 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5523 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5527 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5528 "in the current scope"));
5529 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5530 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5533 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5534 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5537 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5541 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5545 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5547 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5551 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5552 on the current target. */
5555 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5557 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5558 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5559 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5560 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5564 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5565 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5567 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5568 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5571 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5573 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5575 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5576 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5577 several reasons concurrently.)
5579 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5580 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5583 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5584 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5585 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5587 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5588 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5589 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5590 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5591 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5592 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5595 int need_remove_insert
;
5598 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5599 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5600 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5601 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5602 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5603 inferior function calls. */
5607 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5610 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5612 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5613 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5614 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5615 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5616 checked all locations already. */
5617 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5620 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5623 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5626 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5629 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5632 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5633 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5634 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5638 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5639 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5640 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5642 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5644 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5646 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5651 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5652 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5653 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5655 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5657 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5658 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5660 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5661 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5664 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5669 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5670 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5671 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5673 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5675 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5677 handle_solib_event ();
5682 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5683 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5684 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5688 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5693 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5694 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5697 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5702 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5704 /* We will stop here. */
5705 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5707 --(b
->enable_count
);
5708 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5709 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5714 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5715 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5716 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5717 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5720 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5725 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5727 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5728 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5731 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5732 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5733 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5735 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5736 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5737 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5739 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5740 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5742 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5744 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5745 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5748 if (need_remove_insert
)
5749 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5750 else if (removed_any
)
5751 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5757 handle_jit_event (void)
5759 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5760 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5763 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5765 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5766 breakpoint_re_set. */
5767 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5769 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5770 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5772 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5774 target_terminal_inferior ();
5777 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5779 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5782 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5784 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5788 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5789 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5790 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5792 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5794 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5795 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5796 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5799 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5801 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5802 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5806 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5813 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5814 case bp_single_step
:
5817 case bp_shlib_event
:
5821 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5823 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5826 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5829 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5830 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5831 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5835 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5837 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5841 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5842 This requires no further action. */
5846 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5850 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5851 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5854 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5856 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5857 case bp_exception_resume
:
5860 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5861 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5864 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5866 case bp_step_resume
:
5868 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5871 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5872 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5875 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5877 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5880 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5881 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5884 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5885 case bp_thread_event
:
5886 case bp_overlay_event
:
5887 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5888 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5889 case bp_exception_master
:
5890 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5896 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5898 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5902 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5903 This requires no further action. */
5908 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5911 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5912 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5913 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5914 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5916 case bp_std_terminate
:
5917 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5918 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5919 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5920 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5923 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5924 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5925 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5926 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5928 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5929 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5931 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5932 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5933 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5935 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5936 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5937 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5938 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5943 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5945 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5949 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5950 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5953 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5960 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5964 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5966 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5973 handle_jit_event ();
5975 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5976 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5978 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5979 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5985 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5986 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5987 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5990 bpstat_should_step (void)
5992 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5995 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6001 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6003 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6012 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6013 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6014 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6017 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6019 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6020 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6024 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6026 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6028 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6029 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6030 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6035 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6041 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6042 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6044 "host": Host evals condition.
6045 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6046 "target": Target evals condition.
6050 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6052 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6053 char host_evals
= 0;
6054 char target_evals
= 0;
6059 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6062 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6063 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6064 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6066 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6068 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6074 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6075 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6076 else if (target_evals
)
6077 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6079 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6082 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6083 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6086 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6088 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6091 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6092 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6093 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6095 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6096 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6098 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6101 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6104 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6105 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6107 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6108 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6110 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6114 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6116 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6117 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6118 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6119 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6122 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6125 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6126 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6127 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6128 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6129 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6130 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6132 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6133 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6134 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6136 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6137 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6138 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6140 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6144 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6145 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6147 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6149 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6151 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6155 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6156 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6157 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6158 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6159 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6160 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6162 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6163 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6165 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6166 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6170 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6171 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6172 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6174 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6175 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6176 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6177 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6180 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6184 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6186 struct ep_type_description
6191 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6193 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6194 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6195 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6196 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6197 {bp_until
, "until"},
6198 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6199 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6200 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6201 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6202 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6203 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6204 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6205 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6206 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6207 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6208 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6209 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6210 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6211 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6212 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6213 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6214 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6215 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6216 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6217 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6218 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6219 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6220 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6221 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6222 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6223 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6224 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6225 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6226 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6229 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6230 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6231 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6232 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6235 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6238 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6239 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6242 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6243 const char *field_name
,
6247 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6248 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6252 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6253 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6254 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6257 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6259 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6265 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6266 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6271 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6273 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6275 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6279 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6282 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6285 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6286 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6288 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6291 struct command_line
*l
;
6292 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6294 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6295 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6296 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6297 struct value_print_options opts
;
6299 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6301 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6302 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6303 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6306 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6307 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6315 if (part_of_multiple
)
6318 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6319 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6324 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6329 if (part_of_multiple
)
6330 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6332 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6336 if (part_of_multiple
)
6337 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6339 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6344 if (part_of_multiple
)
6345 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6347 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6348 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6349 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6353 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6355 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6356 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6357 make sure there's just one location. */
6358 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6359 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6365 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6366 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6370 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6371 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6372 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6374 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6376 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6377 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6378 is relatively readable). */
6379 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6380 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6382 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6387 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6388 case bp_single_step
:
6392 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6393 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6395 case bp_exception_resume
:
6396 case bp_step_resume
:
6397 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6398 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6400 case bp_std_terminate
:
6401 case bp_shlib_event
:
6402 case bp_thread_event
:
6403 case bp_overlay_event
:
6404 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6405 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6406 case bp_exception_master
:
6408 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6409 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6412 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6413 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6414 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6417 if (header_of_multiple
)
6418 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6419 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6420 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6422 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6423 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6426 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6427 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6434 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6436 struct inferior
*inf
;
6437 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6442 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6443 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6446 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6447 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6449 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6450 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6451 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6452 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6453 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6454 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6456 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6457 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6460 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6462 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6464 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6465 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6466 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6467 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6469 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6471 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6472 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6476 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6478 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6479 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6481 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6484 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6485 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6487 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6488 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6489 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6492 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6495 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6496 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6498 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6499 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6501 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6502 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6503 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6504 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6505 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6507 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6508 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6509 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6510 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6512 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6515 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6517 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6518 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6519 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6523 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6527 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6528 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6529 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6530 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6531 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6533 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6534 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6535 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6536 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6537 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6539 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6543 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6544 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6545 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6549 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6553 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6554 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6557 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6558 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6559 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6560 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6563 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6564 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6565 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6566 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6567 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6569 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6570 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6571 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6574 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6576 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6578 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6580 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6581 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6582 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6586 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6587 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6589 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6592 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6593 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6594 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6597 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6599 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6601 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6603 annotate_field (10);
6604 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6605 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6606 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6609 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6611 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6613 annotate_field (11);
6615 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6616 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6617 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6621 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6623 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6624 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6629 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6631 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6633 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6635 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6637 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6638 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6639 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6640 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6645 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6646 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6649 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6650 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6652 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6654 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6655 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6657 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6658 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6659 locations, if any. */
6660 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6662 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6663 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6664 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6667 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6668 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6670 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6671 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6673 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6676 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6678 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6679 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6680 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6681 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6688 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6690 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6691 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6693 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6694 address to print. */
6695 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6698 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6702 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6703 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6704 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6707 return print_address_bits
;
6710 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6716 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6718 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6719 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6720 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6721 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6725 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6727 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6735 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6736 char **error_message
)
6738 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6741 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6743 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6744 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6750 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6751 internal or momentary. */
6754 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6756 return b
->number
> 0;
6759 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6760 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6761 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6762 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6763 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6764 breakpoints listed. */
6767 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6768 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6770 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6771 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6772 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6773 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6774 struct value_print_options opts
;
6775 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6776 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6777 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6779 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6781 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6782 required for address fields. */
6783 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6786 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6787 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6790 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6791 accept. Skip the others. */
6792 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6794 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6796 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6800 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6802 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6804 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6805 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6806 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6808 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6809 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6810 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6812 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6816 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6818 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6819 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6823 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6824 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6827 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6828 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6829 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6831 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6832 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6834 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6835 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6836 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6838 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6839 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6841 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6842 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6844 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6846 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6847 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6848 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6850 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6851 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6853 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6855 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6856 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6857 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6858 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6863 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6864 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6867 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6868 accept. Skip the others. */
6870 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6872 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6874 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6877 else /* all others */
6879 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6883 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6885 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6886 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6889 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6891 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6893 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6897 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6898 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6900 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6901 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6907 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6908 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6911 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6912 there have been breakpoints? */
6913 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6915 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6918 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6919 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6922 default_collect_info (void)
6924 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6926 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6927 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6929 if (!*default_collect
)
6932 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6934 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6935 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6936 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6940 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6942 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6944 default_collect_info ();
6948 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6950 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6951 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6953 if (num_printed
== 0)
6955 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6956 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6958 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6963 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6965 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6967 default_collect_info ();
6971 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6972 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6973 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6975 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6977 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6979 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6980 && bl
->address
== pc
6981 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6987 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6988 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6992 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6993 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6994 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6997 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7000 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7001 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7005 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7006 else /* if (others == ???) */
7007 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7009 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7012 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7013 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7014 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7015 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7016 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7017 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7018 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7019 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7023 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7025 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7026 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7027 printf_filtered (".\n");
7032 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7033 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7034 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7035 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7037 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7038 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7039 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7040 breakpoint location at address zero:
7048 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7050 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7052 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7055 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7056 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7059 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7060 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7062 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7063 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7065 /* Both of them must exist. */
7066 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7067 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7069 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7070 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7071 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7072 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7073 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7074 other watchpoint. */
7076 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7078 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7081 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7083 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7087 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7088 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7089 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7090 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7091 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7092 become hw_access locations later. */
7093 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7094 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7095 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7096 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7099 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7102 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7103 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7105 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7106 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7110 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7111 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7112 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7113 space doesn't really matter. */
7116 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7117 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7120 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7121 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7122 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7125 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7126 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7127 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7128 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7131 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7132 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7135 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7138 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7139 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7143 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7144 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7145 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7146 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7147 doesn't really matter. */
7150 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7151 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7152 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7154 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7155 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7157 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7159 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7165 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7166 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7167 true, otherwise returns false. */
7170 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7171 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7173 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7174 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7175 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7176 different locations. */
7177 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7182 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7183 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7184 represent the same location. */
7187 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7188 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7190 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7192 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7193 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7194 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7196 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7197 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7199 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7202 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7203 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7204 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7206 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7207 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7208 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7209 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7213 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7214 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7216 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7217 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7221 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7222 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7224 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7225 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7227 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7230 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7231 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7232 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7233 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7236 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7237 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7239 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7241 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7244 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7245 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7246 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7247 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7248 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7250 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7251 have their addresses modified. */
7254 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7256 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7257 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7258 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7259 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7260 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7261 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7266 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7268 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7269 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7270 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7272 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7273 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7275 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7276 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7278 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7283 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7284 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7286 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7288 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7293 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7294 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7297 switch (owner
->type
)
7300 case bp_single_step
:
7304 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7305 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7307 case bp_exception_resume
:
7308 case bp_step_resume
:
7309 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7310 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7312 case bp_std_terminate
:
7313 case bp_shlib_event
:
7314 case bp_thread_event
:
7315 case bp_overlay_event
:
7317 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7318 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7319 case bp_exception_master
:
7320 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7321 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7323 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7324 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7326 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7327 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7328 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7330 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7331 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7332 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7333 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7338 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7339 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7340 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7343 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7349 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7351 static struct bp_location
*
7352 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7354 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7358 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7360 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7364 /* Increment reference count. */
7367 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7372 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7373 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7376 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7378 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7380 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7381 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7385 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7388 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7390 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7392 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7393 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7395 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7397 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7406 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7409 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7410 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7412 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7414 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7416 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7420 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7421 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7422 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7424 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7427 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7429 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7430 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7431 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7432 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7436 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7437 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7439 static struct breakpoint
*
7440 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7442 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7444 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7446 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7447 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7451 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7452 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7456 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7458 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7460 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7461 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7462 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7465 const char *function_name
;
7466 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7468 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7469 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7471 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7473 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7475 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7476 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7477 &loc
->requested_address
))
7479 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7480 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7481 loc
->requested_address
,
7484 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7485 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7487 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7488 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7489 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7490 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7492 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7497 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7501 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7503 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7506 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7508 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7513 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7514 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7515 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7517 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7518 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7519 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7522 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7523 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7524 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7526 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7528 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7530 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7531 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7533 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7534 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7536 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7537 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7540 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7541 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7542 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7543 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7544 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7545 is also returned as the value of this function.
7547 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7548 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7549 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7550 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7551 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7552 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7553 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7556 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7557 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7558 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7560 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7562 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7563 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7567 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7568 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7569 initiated the operation. */
7572 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7574 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7575 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7577 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7578 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7579 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7580 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7581 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7582 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7583 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7584 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7586 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7587 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7589 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7590 after their removal. */
7591 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7592 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7593 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7596 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7599 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7601 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7603 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7605 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7606 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7608 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7609 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7614 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7616 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7619 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7621 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7622 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7626 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7627 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7628 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7632 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7634 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7637 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7639 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7641 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7642 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7644 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7646 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7648 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7651 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7652 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7653 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7654 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7660 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7661 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7664 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7665 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7669 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7671 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7673 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7674 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7676 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7678 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7679 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7680 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7681 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7684 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7686 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7688 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7689 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7690 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7692 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7697 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7699 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7702 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7704 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7705 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7706 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7711 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7713 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7716 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7718 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7719 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7720 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7724 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7725 master breakpoint. */
7727 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7729 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7731 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7732 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7733 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7735 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7736 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7740 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7742 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7744 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7747 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7748 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7752 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7754 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7756 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7757 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7759 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7760 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7761 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
7763 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7769 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7771 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7773 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7774 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7775 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7776 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7779 struct lang_and_radix
7785 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7788 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7790 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7792 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7793 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7794 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7798 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7801 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7803 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7805 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7806 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7807 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7808 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7812 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7814 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7816 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7817 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7818 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7819 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7822 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7825 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7827 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7829 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7830 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7831 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7832 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7835 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7836 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7837 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7839 static struct breakpoint
*
7840 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7841 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7843 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7845 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7846 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7847 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7852 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7854 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7857 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7860 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7862 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7864 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7866 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7867 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7869 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7875 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7876 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7879 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7881 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7883 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7885 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7886 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7888 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7889 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7890 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7891 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7892 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7893 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7894 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7895 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7896 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7897 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7898 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7899 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7902 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7907 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7908 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7909 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7912 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7914 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7915 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7917 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7918 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7919 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7920 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7921 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7922 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7925 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7927 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7928 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7930 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7931 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7932 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7933 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7934 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7935 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7936 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7937 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7938 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7940 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7941 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7942 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7943 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7946 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7947 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7949 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7951 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7952 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7953 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7956 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7961 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7962 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7963 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7966 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7968 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7970 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7973 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7974 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7975 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7976 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7977 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7978 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7979 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7980 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7981 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7982 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7984 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7985 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7990 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7991 int bp_modified
= 0;
7993 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7996 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7998 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
8000 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8001 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8004 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8007 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8010 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8011 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8014 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8016 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8017 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8018 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8019 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8020 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8023 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8030 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8034 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8036 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8037 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8038 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8039 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8040 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8042 struct fork_catchpoint
8044 /* The base class. */
8045 struct breakpoint base
;
8047 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8048 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8049 catchpoint has triggered. */
8050 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8053 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8057 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8059 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8062 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8066 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8068 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8071 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8075 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8076 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8077 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8079 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8081 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8084 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8088 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8091 static enum print_stop_action
8092 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8094 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8095 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8096 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8098 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8099 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8100 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8102 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8103 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8105 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8106 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8107 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8109 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8110 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8111 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8112 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8113 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8116 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8120 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8122 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8123 struct value_print_options opts
;
8124 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8126 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8128 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8129 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8131 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8132 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8135 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8137 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8138 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8139 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8140 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8143 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8144 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8147 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8151 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8153 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8156 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8160 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8162 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8163 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8166 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8168 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8170 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8174 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8176 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8179 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8183 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8185 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8188 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8192 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8193 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8194 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8196 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8198 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8201 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8205 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8208 static enum print_stop_action
8209 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8212 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8213 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8215 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8216 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8217 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8219 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8220 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8222 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8223 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8224 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8226 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8227 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8228 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8229 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8230 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8233 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8237 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8239 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8240 struct value_print_options opts
;
8241 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8243 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8244 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8245 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8247 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8248 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8250 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8251 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8253 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8254 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8255 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8256 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8259 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8260 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8263 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8267 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8269 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8272 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8276 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8278 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8279 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8282 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8284 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8286 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8287 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8288 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8289 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8290 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8292 struct solib_catchpoint
8294 /* The base class. */
8295 struct breakpoint base
;
8297 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8298 unsigned char is_load
;
8300 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8301 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8307 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8309 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8312 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8313 xfree (self
->regex
);
8315 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8319 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8325 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8331 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8332 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8334 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8336 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8337 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8339 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8342 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8344 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8346 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8349 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8352 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8355 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8357 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8366 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8368 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8369 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8374 struct so_list
*iter
;
8377 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8382 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8391 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8396 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8402 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8405 static enum print_stop_action
8406 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8408 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8409 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8411 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8412 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8413 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8415 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8416 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8417 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8418 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8419 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8420 print_solib_event (1);
8421 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8425 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8427 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8428 struct value_print_options opts
;
8429 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8432 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8433 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8434 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8436 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8439 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8446 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8448 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8453 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8455 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8457 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8460 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8461 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8462 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8466 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8468 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8470 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8471 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8475 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8477 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8479 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8480 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8481 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8484 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8487 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8489 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8490 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8491 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8492 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8493 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8494 created in an enabled state. */
8497 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8499 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8500 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8501 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8505 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8507 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8508 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8514 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8517 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8519 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8520 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8522 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8525 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8526 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8527 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8529 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8531 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8532 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8535 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8539 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8540 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8543 const int enabled
= 1;
8545 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8547 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8551 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8552 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8554 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8558 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8559 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8561 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8564 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8565 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8566 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8567 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8570 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8571 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8573 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8575 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8578 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8580 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8582 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8583 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8587 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8589 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8590 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8591 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8592 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8595 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8598 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8602 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8603 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8604 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8606 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8608 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8610 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8612 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8615 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8617 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8618 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8619 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8620 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8621 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8623 struct exec_catchpoint
8625 /* The base class. */
8626 struct breakpoint base
;
8628 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8629 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8631 char *exec_pathname
;
8634 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8638 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8640 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8642 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8644 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8648 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8650 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8654 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8656 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8660 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8661 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8662 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8664 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8666 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8669 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8673 static enum print_stop_action
8674 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8676 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8677 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8678 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8680 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8681 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8682 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8684 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8685 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8687 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8688 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8689 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8691 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8692 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8693 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8694 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8696 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8700 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8702 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8703 struct value_print_options opts
;
8704 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8706 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8708 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8709 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8710 is relatively readable). */
8711 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8712 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8714 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8715 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8717 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8718 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8719 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8722 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8723 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8727 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8729 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8732 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8736 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8738 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8739 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8742 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8745 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8748 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8749 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8753 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8754 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8756 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8758 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8765 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8769 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8772 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8774 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8777 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8779 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8781 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8787 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8788 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8789 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8790 types _not_ TYPE. */
8793 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8794 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8797 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8799 *other_type_used
= 0;
8804 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8807 if (b
->type
== type
)
8808 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8809 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8810 *other_type_used
= 1;
8817 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8819 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8823 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8825 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8826 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8832 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8834 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8838 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8840 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8841 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8847 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8849 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8850 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8854 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8856 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8857 breakpoint_re_set ();
8860 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8863 static struct breakpoint
*
8864 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8866 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8868 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8869 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8871 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8872 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8875 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8877 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8882 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8883 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8887 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8888 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8890 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8892 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8894 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8896 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8897 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8898 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8899 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8901 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8902 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8904 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8905 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8907 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8912 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8913 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8914 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8916 static struct breakpoint
*
8917 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8919 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8922 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8924 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8925 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8926 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8928 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8929 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8930 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8931 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8932 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8933 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8934 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8935 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8936 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8937 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8938 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8939 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8941 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8942 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8943 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8945 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8949 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8953 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8955 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8959 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8963 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8966 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8968 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8970 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8971 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8973 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8977 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8980 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8982 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8983 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8985 printf_filtered ("\n");
8989 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8991 static struct bp_location
*
8992 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8993 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8995 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8996 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8997 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8999 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9000 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9002 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9003 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9004 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9005 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9006 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9007 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9008 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9011 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9012 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9013 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9014 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9019 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9020 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9021 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9022 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9023 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9024 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9025 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9026 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9027 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9028 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9030 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9031 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9033 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9034 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9035 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9036 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9037 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9038 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9039 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9040 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9041 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9042 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9043 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9044 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9046 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9053 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9056 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9060 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9061 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9062 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9066 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9068 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9072 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9074 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9075 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9076 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9077 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9079 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9080 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9083 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9088 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9089 return 0 otherwise. */
9092 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9094 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9097 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9099 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9100 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9101 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9103 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9106 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9107 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9109 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9111 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9116 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9117 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9120 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9122 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9123 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9128 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9130 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9132 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9134 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9136 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9137 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9139 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9140 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9141 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9143 if (!dprintf_function
)
9144 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9146 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9147 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9152 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9156 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9158 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9159 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9162 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9163 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9167 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9168 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9170 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9171 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9173 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9175 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9176 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9177 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9178 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9179 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9181 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9185 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9186 current style settings. */
9189 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9190 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9196 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9197 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9201 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9202 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9203 as condition expression. */
9206 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9207 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9208 struct event_location
*location
,
9209 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9211 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9212 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9213 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9214 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9215 int display_canonical
)
9219 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9221 int target_resources_ok
;
9223 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9224 target_resources_ok
=
9225 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9227 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9228 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9229 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9230 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9233 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9235 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9237 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9238 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9242 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9244 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9246 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9247 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9252 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9256 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9257 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9258 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9259 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9260 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9262 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9263 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9265 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9267 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9268 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9270 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9272 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9273 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9274 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9278 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9280 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9282 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9283 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9285 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9287 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9289 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9291 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9292 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9294 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9296 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9299 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9300 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9307 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9308 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9314 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9316 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9317 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9319 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9322 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9323 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9324 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9326 if (b
->extra_string
)
9327 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9329 error (_("Format string required"));
9331 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9332 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9335 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9336 if (location
!= NULL
)
9337 b
->location
= location
;
9339 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
9344 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9345 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9346 struct event_location
*location
,
9347 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9349 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9350 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9351 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9352 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9353 int display_canonical
)
9355 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9356 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9358 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9360 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9362 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9366 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9368 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9370 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9372 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9374 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9376 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9378 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9380 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9383 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9384 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9385 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9386 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9387 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9388 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9389 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9390 we take just a single condition string.
9392 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9393 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9394 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9395 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9396 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9399 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9400 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9401 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9402 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9403 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9404 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9405 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9408 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9410 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9411 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9413 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9415 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9416 'break', without arguments. */
9417 struct event_location
*location
9418 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9419 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9420 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9421 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9423 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9424 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9427 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9429 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9430 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9431 canonical
->special_display
);
9432 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9436 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9437 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9438 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9439 linespec locations).
9441 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9442 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9445 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9446 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9448 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9450 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9452 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9454 if (address
== NULL
)
9456 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9457 breakpoint address. */
9458 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9460 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9461 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9464 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9465 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9467 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9468 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9469 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9470 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9471 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9472 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9474 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9476 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9477 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9478 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9479 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9480 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9482 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9484 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9485 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9486 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9488 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9492 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9496 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9497 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9498 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9499 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9501 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9502 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9503 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9504 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9506 const char *address
= NULL
;
9508 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9509 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9513 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9514 && address
[1] != '['))
9516 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9517 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9518 get_last_displayed_line (),
9519 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9524 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9525 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9529 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9530 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9533 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9537 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9538 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9541 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9542 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9543 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9544 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9545 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9549 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9550 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9553 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9555 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9557 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9559 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9561 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9563 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9564 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9565 associated with SAL. */
9568 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9569 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9572 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9573 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9575 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9579 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9581 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9582 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9584 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9587 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9588 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9589 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9590 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9591 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9592 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9595 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9596 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9599 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9606 const char *end_tok
;
9608 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9609 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9611 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9613 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9615 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9619 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9621 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9623 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9625 struct expression
*expr
;
9627 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9628 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9631 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9633 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9638 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9640 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9641 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9642 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9645 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9650 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9652 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9653 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9654 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9659 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9663 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9667 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9669 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9670 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9672 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9673 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9674 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9675 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9680 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9682 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9684 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9685 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9687 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9688 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9689 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9691 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9692 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9694 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9696 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9698 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9700 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9702 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9703 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9705 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9708 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9714 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9717 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9718 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9719 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9721 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9723 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9724 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9725 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9728 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9729 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9730 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9733 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9735 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9737 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9738 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9739 extra_string
= NULL
;
9741 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9745 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9747 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9749 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9751 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9753 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9756 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9757 throw_exception (e
);
9759 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9761 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9762 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9763 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9764 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9765 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9768 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9769 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9770 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9771 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9775 throw_exception (e
);
9779 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9782 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9783 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9785 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9786 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9787 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9788 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9789 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9791 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9792 are ok for the target. */
9796 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9798 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9799 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9802 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9803 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9806 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9808 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9809 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9812 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9813 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9820 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9822 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9824 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9825 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9826 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9827 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9829 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9830 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9832 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9834 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9836 extra_string
= rest
;
9838 extra_string
= NULL
;
9842 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9843 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9844 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9846 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9849 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9850 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9852 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9855 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9856 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9860 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9861 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9862 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9863 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9864 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9868 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9870 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9872 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9874 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9878 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9880 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9881 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9884 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9887 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9890 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9891 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9893 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9897 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9898 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9900 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9901 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9903 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9904 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9905 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9906 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9907 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9908 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9909 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9910 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9912 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9915 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9917 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9918 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9919 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9922 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9924 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9925 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9926 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9928 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9929 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9934 /* Set a breakpoint.
9935 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9936 condition, and thread.
9937 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9938 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9942 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9944 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9945 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9946 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9948 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9949 struct event_location
*location
;
9950 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9952 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9953 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9955 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9956 if (location
!= NULL
9957 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9958 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9960 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9962 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9964 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9965 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9966 0 /* Ignore count */,
9967 pending_break_support
,
9973 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9976 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9979 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9983 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9985 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9986 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9987 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9990 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9991 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9992 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9993 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9996 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9998 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9999 const struct block
*b
;
10000 struct symbol
*sym
;
10002 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
10003 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
10006 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10009 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
10010 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10015 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10016 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10017 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10018 happen in assembly source). */
10020 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10021 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10023 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10025 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10027 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10029 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10036 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10038 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10042 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10044 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10048 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10050 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10054 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10056 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10060 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10062 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10063 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10064 stop at <line>\n"));
10068 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10072 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10074 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10076 char *argptr
= arg
;
10079 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10080 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10081 function/method name. */
10082 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10084 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10089 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10091 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10095 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10097 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10101 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10105 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10109 char *argptr
= arg
;
10112 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10113 it is probably a line number. */
10114 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10116 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10121 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10123 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10127 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10129 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10132 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10133 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10134 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10138 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10140 struct event_location
*location
;
10141 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10143 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10144 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10146 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10147 the next character must be ','. */
10150 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10151 error (_("Format string required"));
10154 /* Skip the comma. */
10159 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10161 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10163 0 /* Ignore count */,
10164 pending_break_support
,
10165 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10170 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10174 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10176 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10179 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10180 ranged breakpoints. */
10183 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10184 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10186 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10188 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10189 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10192 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10193 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10196 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10197 ranged breakpoints. */
10200 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10202 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10205 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10206 ranged breakpoints. */
10208 static enum print_stop_action
10209 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10211 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10212 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10213 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10215 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10217 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10218 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10220 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10221 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10222 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10224 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10225 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10227 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10228 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10229 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10231 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10232 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10234 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10237 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10238 ranged breakpoints. */
10241 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10242 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10244 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10245 struct value_print_options opts
;
10246 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10248 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10249 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10251 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10253 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10254 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10255 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10256 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10257 annotate_field (5);
10258 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10262 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10263 ranged breakpoints. */
10266 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10267 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10269 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10270 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10271 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10272 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10276 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10277 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10279 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10280 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10281 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10282 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10283 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10284 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10286 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10289 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10290 ranged breakpoints. */
10293 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10295 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10296 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10299 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10301 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10304 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10305 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10306 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10309 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10310 ranged breakpoints. */
10313 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10315 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10316 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10317 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10318 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10321 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10323 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10325 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10326 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10327 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10328 last instruction of the given line. */
10331 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10335 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10336 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10337 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10344 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10346 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10348 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10355 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10358 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10360 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10361 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10362 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10364 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10365 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10366 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10367 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10368 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10370 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10371 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10372 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10374 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10375 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10376 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10378 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10379 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10381 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10382 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10383 error(_("No address range specified."));
10385 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10388 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10389 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10390 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10391 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10394 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10395 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10396 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10398 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10400 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10401 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10402 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10404 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10405 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10406 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10408 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10409 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10411 /* Parse the end location. */
10413 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10416 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10417 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10418 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10419 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10420 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10421 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10422 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10423 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10424 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10425 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10427 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10429 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10430 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10432 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10433 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10434 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10435 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10437 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10439 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10440 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10441 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10443 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10445 /* Length overflowed. */
10446 error (_("Address range too large."));
10447 else if (length
== 1)
10449 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10450 the `hbreak' command. */
10451 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10453 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10458 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10459 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10460 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10461 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10462 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10463 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10464 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10465 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10466 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10468 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10471 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10472 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10475 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10476 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10477 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10481 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10483 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10489 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10490 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10493 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10503 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10504 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10505 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10506 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10507 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10509 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10536 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10539 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10540 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10545 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10546 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10547 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10548 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10549 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10550 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10551 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10553 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10554 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10559 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10561 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10562 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10563 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10564 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10566 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10567 are always constant. */
10569 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10571 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10572 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10573 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10578 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10579 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10580 then it is not a constant. */
10589 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10592 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10594 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10596 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10598 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10599 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10600 value_free (w
->val
);
10602 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10605 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10608 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10610 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10612 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10613 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10615 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10616 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10617 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10618 are loaded and unloaded.
10620 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10621 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10622 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10623 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10624 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10625 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10627 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10628 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10629 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10630 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10632 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10633 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10635 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10636 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10637 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10640 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10643 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10645 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10646 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10648 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10652 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10655 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10657 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10658 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10660 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10665 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10666 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10667 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10669 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10670 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10672 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10673 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10674 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10675 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10676 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10677 (did not match the data address). */
10678 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10679 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10686 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10688 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10690 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10693 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10694 hardware watchpoints. */
10697 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10699 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10700 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10702 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10705 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10706 hardware watchpoints. */
10709 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10711 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10712 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10715 static enum print_stop_action
10716 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10718 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10719 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10720 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10721 enum print_stop_action result
;
10722 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10723 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10725 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10727 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10728 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10730 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10731 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10735 case bp_watchpoint
:
10736 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10737 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10738 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10739 ui_out_field_string
10741 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10743 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10744 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10745 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10746 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10747 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10748 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10749 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10750 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10751 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10752 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10755 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10756 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10757 ui_out_field_string
10759 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10761 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10762 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10763 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10764 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10765 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10766 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10769 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10770 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10772 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10773 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10774 ui_out_field_string
10776 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10778 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10779 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10780 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10781 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10782 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10787 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10788 ui_out_field_string
10790 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10791 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10792 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10794 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10795 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10796 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10797 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10800 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10803 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10807 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10811 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10813 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10814 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10815 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10819 case bp_watchpoint
:
10820 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10821 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10823 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10824 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10825 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10827 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10828 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10829 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10831 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10832 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10833 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10836 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10837 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10840 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10841 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10842 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10843 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10846 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10850 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10852 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10856 case bp_watchpoint
:
10857 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10860 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10861 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10863 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10864 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10867 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10868 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10871 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10872 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10875 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10879 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10881 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10882 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10883 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10889 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10891 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10893 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10894 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10897 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10899 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10901 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10902 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10905 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10906 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10909 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10911 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10913 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10914 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10917 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10918 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10921 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10923 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10925 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10928 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10929 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10932 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10937 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10938 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10940 static enum print_stop_action
10941 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10943 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10944 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10946 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10947 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10951 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10952 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10953 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10954 ui_out_field_string
10956 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10959 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10960 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10961 ui_out_field_string
10963 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10966 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10967 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10968 ui_out_field_string
10970 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10973 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10974 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10978 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10979 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10980 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10981 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10983 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10984 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10987 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10988 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10991 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10992 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10994 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10996 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10997 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10999 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11000 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11001 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11004 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11005 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11008 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11010 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11011 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11012 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11016 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11017 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11018 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11020 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11021 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11022 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11024 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11025 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11026 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11029 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11030 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11033 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11034 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11035 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11036 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11039 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11040 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11043 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11045 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11050 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11051 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11053 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11054 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11056 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11057 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11060 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11061 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11064 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11065 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11066 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11069 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11071 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11073 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11076 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11078 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11081 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11082 hw_read: watch read,
11083 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11085 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11086 int just_location
, int internal
)
11088 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11089 struct expression
*exp
;
11090 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11091 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11092 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11093 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11094 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11095 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11096 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11098 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11099 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11100 enum bptype bp_type
;
11103 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11104 the hardware watchpoint. */
11106 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11107 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11109 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11111 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11112 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11114 const char *value_start
;
11116 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11118 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11119 of the arguments string. */
11120 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11122 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11123 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11126 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11127 This is the value of the parameter. */
11128 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11130 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11132 /* Skip whitespace. */
11133 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11138 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11139 This is the parameter itself. */
11140 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11143 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11145 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11147 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11148 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11149 only in a specific thread. */
11153 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11155 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11156 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11158 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11160 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11161 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11163 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11164 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11165 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11167 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11169 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11170 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11172 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11175 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11177 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11179 mark
= value_mark ();
11180 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11181 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11182 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11185 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11188 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11189 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11196 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11197 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11199 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11200 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11201 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11202 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11203 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11205 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11206 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11208 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11211 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11212 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11216 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11217 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11219 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11222 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11223 mark
= value_mark ();
11224 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11226 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11228 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11229 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11236 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11237 val
= value_addr (result
);
11238 release_value (val
);
11239 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11243 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11246 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11247 else if (ret
== -2)
11248 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11251 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11252 release_value (val
);
11254 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11255 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11257 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11258 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11260 struct expression
*cond
;
11262 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11263 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11264 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11266 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11267 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11268 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11274 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11276 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11278 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11279 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11280 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11281 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11282 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11284 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11287 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11288 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11289 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11290 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11292 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11294 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11295 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11297 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11298 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11300 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11301 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11302 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11303 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11304 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11305 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11306 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11307 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11308 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11312 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11313 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11314 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11315 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11317 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11318 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11319 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11320 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11322 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11324 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11327 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11328 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11330 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11331 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11332 b
->thread
= thread
;
11333 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11334 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11336 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11337 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11340 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11341 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11344 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11345 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11347 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11348 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11351 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11352 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11354 /* The above expression is in C. */
11355 b
->language
= language_c
;
11358 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11362 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11367 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11368 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11373 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11375 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11379 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11380 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11384 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11385 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11388 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11390 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11391 need to act on them together. */
11392 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11393 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11396 if (!just_location
)
11397 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11401 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11402 that should be inserted. */
11403 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11405 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11407 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11408 throw_exception (e
);
11412 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11413 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11416 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11417 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11420 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11422 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11423 struct value
*head
= v
;
11425 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11426 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11429 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11430 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11431 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11432 hardware watchpoint.
11434 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11435 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11436 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11437 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11438 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11439 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11440 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11441 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11442 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11444 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11445 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11446 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11447 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11448 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11450 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11452 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11453 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11454 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11455 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11456 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11457 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11461 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11462 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11463 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11465 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11466 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11467 middle of some value chain. */
11469 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11470 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11472 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11476 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11477 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11478 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11480 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11484 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11488 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11489 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11490 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11491 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11492 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11495 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11496 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11497 return found_memory_cnt
;
11501 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11503 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11506 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11507 calls watch_command_1. */
11510 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11512 int just_location
= 0;
11515 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11516 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11518 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11522 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11526 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11528 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11532 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11534 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11538 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11540 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11544 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11546 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11550 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11552 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11556 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11557 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11560 struct until_break_fsm
11562 /* The base class. */
11563 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11565 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11568 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11569 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11571 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11573 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11576 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11577 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11578 static enum async_reply_reason
11579 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11581 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11583 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11586 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11587 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11588 NULL
, /* return_value */
11589 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11592 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11594 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11595 new_until_break_fsm (int thread
,
11596 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11597 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11599 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11601 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11602 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
);
11604 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11605 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11606 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11611 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11612 until(location)/advance commands. */
11615 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11617 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11618 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
11620 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11621 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11622 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11623 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11624 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11625 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11630 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11631 until(location)/advance commands. */
11634 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11636 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11638 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11639 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11641 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11642 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11644 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11646 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11647 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11649 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11652 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11653 until(location)/advance commands. */
11655 static enum async_reply_reason
11656 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11658 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11662 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11664 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11665 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11666 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11667 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11668 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11669 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11670 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11671 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11672 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11674 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11675 struct event_location
*location
;
11676 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11678 clear_proceed_status (0);
11680 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11683 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11684 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11686 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11687 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11688 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11689 get_last_displayed_line ());
11691 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11692 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11694 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11695 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11697 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11698 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11701 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11703 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11705 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11708 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11710 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11711 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11712 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11715 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11716 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11717 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11718 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11720 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11723 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11725 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11726 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11728 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11729 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11730 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11731 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11735 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11737 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11738 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11741 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11745 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11746 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11747 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11748 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11750 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11751 only at the very same frame. */
11752 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11753 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11754 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11756 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (tp
->num
, location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11757 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11759 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11761 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11763 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11766 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11767 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11769 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11770 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11771 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11772 if clause in the arg string. */
11775 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11779 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11782 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11785 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11786 condition string. */
11787 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11788 cond_string
= *arg
;
11790 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11792 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11794 return cond_string
;
11797 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11798 process start/exit, etc. */
11802 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11803 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11808 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11809 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11811 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11812 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11813 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11816 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11817 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11818 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11822 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11824 /* The allowed syntax is:
11826 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11828 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11829 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11831 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11832 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11834 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11835 and enable reporting of such events. */
11838 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11839 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11840 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11841 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11843 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11844 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11845 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11846 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11849 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11855 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11856 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11858 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11859 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11861 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11863 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11867 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11869 /* The allowed syntax is:
11871 catch exec if <cond>
11873 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11874 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11876 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11877 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11879 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11880 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11881 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11882 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11884 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11888 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11889 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11890 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11892 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11899 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11901 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11903 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11904 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11905 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11906 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11907 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11908 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11909 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11910 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11911 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11912 enough for now, though. */
11915 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11917 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11918 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11919 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11920 language_def (language_ada
));
11921 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11925 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11927 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11932 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11934 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11937 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11940 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11942 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11943 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11944 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11945 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11947 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11949 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11952 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11956 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11959 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11962 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11964 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11965 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11968 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11969 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11971 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11975 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11976 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11977 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11978 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11983 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11984 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11985 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11987 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11988 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11989 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11990 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11991 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11992 error (_("No source file specified."));
11994 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12000 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12001 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12002 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12003 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12005 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12006 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12007 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12008 due to optimization, all in one block.
12010 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12011 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12012 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12013 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12014 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12015 to support that. */
12017 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12018 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12019 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12023 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12024 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12026 const char *sal_fullname
;
12028 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12029 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12030 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12033 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12038 1 0 <can't happen> */
12040 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12041 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12042 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12044 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12045 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12048 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12049 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12051 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12052 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12054 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12055 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12056 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12058 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12059 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12060 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12061 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12062 int line_match
= 0;
12064 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12065 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12066 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12067 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12068 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12069 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12070 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12073 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12082 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12086 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12087 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12090 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12092 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12095 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12096 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12097 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12098 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12099 compare_breakpoints
);
12100 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12101 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12105 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12110 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12111 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12114 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12115 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12117 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12120 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12123 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12124 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12127 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12129 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12132 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12133 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12134 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12137 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12139 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12141 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12142 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12143 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12145 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12147 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12149 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12150 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12154 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12155 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12156 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12157 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12158 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12159 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12162 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12164 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12165 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12167 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12168 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12170 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12171 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12174 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12175 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12176 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12178 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12179 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12180 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12182 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12183 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12184 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12186 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12187 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12188 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12190 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12193 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12194 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12195 content of the bp_location array. */
12198 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12200 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12202 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12203 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12205 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12207 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12209 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12212 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12213 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12215 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12216 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12217 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12218 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12220 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12222 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12223 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12224 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12225 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12229 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12232 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12234 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12235 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12236 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12238 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12240 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12242 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12243 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12244 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12246 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12247 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12248 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12251 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12253 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12254 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12256 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12259 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12262 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12264 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12265 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12266 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12267 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12270 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12272 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12275 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12277 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12278 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12279 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12280 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12283 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12286 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12289 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12291 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12292 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12293 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12294 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12296 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12297 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12298 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12299 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12300 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12302 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12303 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12304 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12305 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12306 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12307 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12308 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12309 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12312 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12313 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12314 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12318 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12320 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12321 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12322 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12325 address
= bl
->address
;
12326 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12328 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12329 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12330 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12332 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12333 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12336 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12337 the same program space as the location
12338 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12339 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12340 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12344 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12345 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12348 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12349 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12350 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12351 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12352 that have already been marked. */
12353 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12355 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12357 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12359 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12360 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12364 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12365 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12366 locations are duplicate of which.
12368 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12369 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12373 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12375 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12376 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12377 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12378 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12379 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12380 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12381 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12383 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12384 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12385 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12386 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12387 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12389 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12390 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12391 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12392 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12394 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12395 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12396 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12397 unsigned old_location_count
;
12399 old_location
= bp_location
;
12400 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12401 bp_location
= NULL
;
12402 bp_location_count
= 0;
12403 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12405 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12406 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12407 bp_location_count
++;
12409 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12410 locp
= bp_location
;
12411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12412 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12414 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12415 bp_location_compare
);
12417 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12419 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12420 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12421 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12422 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12423 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12426 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12427 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12429 locp
= bp_location
;
12430 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12433 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12434 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12436 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12437 not, we have to free it. */
12438 int found_object
= 0;
12439 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12440 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12443 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12444 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12445 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12446 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12450 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12451 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12454 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12455 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12456 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12458 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12459 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12460 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12462 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12463 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12466 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12470 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12471 have to go through updates again. */
12472 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12474 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12476 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12478 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12479 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12480 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12481 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12482 at certain location is not inserted. */
12484 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12486 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12489 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12491 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12492 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12493 keep_in_target
= 1;
12497 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12498 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12499 remove its target-side condition. */
12501 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12502 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12503 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12504 this one from the target. */
12506 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12507 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12510 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12511 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12514 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12516 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12518 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12519 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12520 supported, but the latter are. */
12521 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12523 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12524 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12527 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12528 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12530 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12531 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12533 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12534 keep_in_target
= 1;
12542 if (!keep_in_target
)
12544 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12546 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12547 this location on the global list, and try to
12548 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12549 reason why we will succeed next time.
12551 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12552 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12553 only after calling us. */
12554 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12555 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12556 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12564 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12565 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12567 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12568 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12569 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12570 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12571 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12572 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12573 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12574 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12575 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12576 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12577 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12578 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12579 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12580 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12583 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12584 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12586 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12587 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12588 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12589 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12590 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12591 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12592 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12593 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12594 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12595 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12596 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12597 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12598 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12601 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12602 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12603 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12604 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12606 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12607 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12608 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12609 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12610 traps we can no longer explain. */
12612 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12613 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12615 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12619 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12620 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12625 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12626 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12627 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12628 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12629 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12630 are sorted first for the same address.
12632 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12633 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12635 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12636 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12637 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12638 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12639 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12641 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12643 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12646 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12647 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12648 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12649 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12650 `struct bp_location'. */
12651 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12653 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12654 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12658 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12659 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12660 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12661 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12662 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12663 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12665 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12667 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12668 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12669 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12671 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12672 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12674 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12676 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12677 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12678 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12684 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12685 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12686 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12688 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12689 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12691 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12692 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12695 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12697 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12698 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12701 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12702 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12703 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12704 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12705 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12707 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12711 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12712 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12714 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12718 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12720 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12723 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12724 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12726 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12727 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12733 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12738 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12740 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12746 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12749 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12753 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12754 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12756 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12757 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12758 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12762 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12764 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12766 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12768 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12772 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12776 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12778 struct value_print_options opts
;
12780 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12782 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12784 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12786 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12787 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12788 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12789 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12791 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12792 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12794 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12796 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12797 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12802 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12803 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12809 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12811 printf_filtered (" at ");
12812 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12815 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12817 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12819 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12820 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12821 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12822 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12824 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12825 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12826 real situation somewhat. */
12827 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12828 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12833 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12835 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12837 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12842 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12845 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12847 xfree (self
->cond
);
12848 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12849 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12850 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12852 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12853 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12856 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12861 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12865 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12867 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12868 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12869 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12870 xfree (self
->filter
);
12871 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12872 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12875 static struct bp_location
*
12876 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12878 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12880 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12881 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12886 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12888 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12891 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12892 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12895 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12897 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12901 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12903 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12907 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12908 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12910 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12912 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12916 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12921 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12925 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12927 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12930 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12934 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12936 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12939 static enum print_stop_action
12940 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12942 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12946 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12947 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12953 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12955 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12959 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12961 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12965 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12966 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12967 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12968 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12970 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12974 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12975 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12977 char *extra_string
,
12978 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12979 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12981 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12982 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12983 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12984 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12986 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12990 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12991 const struct event_location
*location
,
12992 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12994 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12997 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13000 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13005 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13008 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13010 /* Nothing to do. */
13013 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13015 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13016 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13017 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13018 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13019 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13020 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13021 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13022 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13023 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13024 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13026 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13027 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13028 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13029 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13030 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13031 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13032 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13033 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13036 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13039 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13041 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13042 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
13044 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13045 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13049 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13053 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13055 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13056 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13058 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13062 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13064 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13065 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13067 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13071 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13072 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13073 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13075 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13076 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13079 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13083 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13084 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13085 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13092 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13093 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13094 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13096 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13097 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13099 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13100 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13101 be set at the same address. */
13105 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13109 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13111 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13116 static enum print_stop_action
13117 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13119 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13120 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13122 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13124 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13126 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13127 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13129 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13130 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13131 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13134 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13138 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13139 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13141 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13142 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13143 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13145 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13146 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13148 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13152 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13154 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13159 case bp_breakpoint
:
13160 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13161 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13162 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13164 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13165 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13166 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13167 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13169 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13170 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13173 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13181 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13183 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13184 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13185 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13186 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13187 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13188 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13189 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13190 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13191 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13193 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13194 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13196 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13197 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13199 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13200 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13201 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13202 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13204 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13208 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13209 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13210 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13212 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13216 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13217 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13219 char *extra_string
,
13220 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13221 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13223 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13224 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13225 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13226 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13228 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13229 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13231 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13232 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13233 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13237 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13238 const struct event_location
*location
,
13239 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13241 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13244 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13247 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13251 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13252 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13253 case bp_overlay_event
:
13254 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13255 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13256 case bp_exception_master
:
13257 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13260 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13261 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13262 case bp_shlib_event
:
13264 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13265 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13266 case bp_thread_event
:
13272 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13274 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13276 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13277 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13278 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13279 objects (among other things). */
13280 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13281 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13287 static enum print_stop_action
13288 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13290 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13292 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13296 case bp_shlib_event
:
13297 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13298 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13299 to shlib event" message.) */
13300 print_solib_event (0);
13303 case bp_thread_event
:
13304 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13305 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13306 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13309 case bp_overlay_event
:
13310 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13311 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13314 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13315 /* These should never be enabled. */
13316 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13319 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13320 /* These should never be enabled. */
13321 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13322 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13325 case bp_exception_master
:
13326 /* These should never be enabled. */
13327 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13328 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13332 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13336 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13338 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13341 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13344 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13346 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13347 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13348 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13349 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13353 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13355 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13358 static enum print_stop_action
13359 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13361 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13365 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13367 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13370 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13372 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13373 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13376 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13378 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13381 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13383 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13386 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13389 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13391 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13395 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13397 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13398 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13407 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13409 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13410 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13411 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13415 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13419 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13420 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13421 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13423 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13425 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, canonical
);
13426 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13427 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13431 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13432 const struct event_location
*location
,
13433 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13435 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
);
13437 error (_("probe not found"));
13440 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13443 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13445 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13449 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13450 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13451 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13453 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13459 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13460 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13462 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13463 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13465 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13467 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13468 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13469 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13470 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13475 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13477 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13482 case bp_tracepoint
:
13483 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13484 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13486 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13487 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13488 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13490 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13491 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13492 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13495 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13496 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13503 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13505 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13507 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13508 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13509 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13511 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13512 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13514 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13515 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13518 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13519 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13521 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13526 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13527 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13528 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13530 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13534 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13535 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13537 char *extra_string
,
13538 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13539 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13541 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13542 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13543 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13544 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13546 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13547 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13549 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13550 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13551 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13555 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13556 const struct event_location
*location
,
13557 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13559 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13562 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13564 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13568 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13569 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13570 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13571 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13573 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13574 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13578 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13579 const struct event_location
*location
,
13580 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13582 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13583 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, sals
);
13586 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13588 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13591 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13593 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13595 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13596 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13598 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13599 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13600 3 - disconnect from target 1
13601 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13603 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13604 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13605 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13606 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13607 it all the time. */
13608 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13609 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13612 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13615 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13617 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13618 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13620 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13623 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13626 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13627 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13628 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13629 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13630 address are all handled. */
13633 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13635 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13636 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13637 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13639 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13640 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13641 condition not be evaluated. */
13644 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13645 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13646 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13647 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13648 commands here throws. */
13649 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13650 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13651 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13653 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13655 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13656 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13658 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13661 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13665 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13666 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13667 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13669 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13670 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13672 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13674 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13675 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13677 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13678 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13679 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13680 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13682 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13683 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13687 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13688 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13690 char *extra_string
,
13691 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13692 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13694 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13695 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13696 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13697 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13700 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13701 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13703 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13704 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13705 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13706 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13707 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13708 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13710 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13712 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13713 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13714 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13715 struct event_location
*location
;
13717 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13718 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13720 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13721 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13723 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13724 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13726 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13727 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13728 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13729 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13730 canonical
->special_display
);
13731 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13732 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13733 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13734 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13735 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13736 corresponds to this one */
13737 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13739 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13741 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13746 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13747 const struct event_location
*location
,
13748 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13750 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13751 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13753 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13754 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13756 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13760 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13763 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13766 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13768 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13771 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13775 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13777 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13779 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13781 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13782 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13785 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13786 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13787 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13788 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13789 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13792 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13793 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13794 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13795 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13797 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13800 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13801 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13802 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13804 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13805 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13807 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13808 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13809 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13810 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13814 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13816 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13817 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13818 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13819 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13820 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13823 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13824 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13825 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13826 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13828 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13830 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13831 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13834 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13836 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13840 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13842 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13843 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13844 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13845 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13846 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13847 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13848 commands won't work. */
13850 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13852 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13853 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13854 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13855 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13856 might be better design to have location completely
13857 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13858 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13860 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13861 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13862 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13863 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13868 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13870 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13874 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13876 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13879 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13880 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13883 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13884 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13888 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13893 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13895 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13896 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13898 if (next
== related
)
13900 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13901 function (related
, data
);
13903 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13904 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13909 function (related
, data
);
13913 while (related
!= b
);
13917 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13919 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13922 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13923 delete_breakpoint. */
13926 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13928 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13932 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13934 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13940 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13942 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13943 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13944 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13945 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13946 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13948 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13952 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13954 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13956 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13957 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13958 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13962 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13966 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13968 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13969 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13970 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13975 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13976 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13977 Null names are ignored. */
13980 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13982 struct bp_location
*l
;
13983 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13984 (int (*) (const void *,
13985 const void *)) streq
,
13986 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13988 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13991 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13993 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13997 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13999 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14003 htab_delete (htab
);
14009 htab_delete (htab
);
14013 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14014 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14015 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14016 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14017 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14018 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14019 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14020 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14023 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14024 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14025 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14026 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14027 in the sources, and output a warning.
14029 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14030 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14031 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14032 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14033 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14036 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14037 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14038 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14039 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14040 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14041 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14042 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14043 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14044 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14046 static struct symtab_and_line
14047 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14049 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14050 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14055 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14057 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14059 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14060 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14062 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14064 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14065 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14066 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14071 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14073 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14075 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14076 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14078 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14081 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14083 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14085 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14086 struct symbol
*sym
;
14087 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14088 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14089 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14091 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14093 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14094 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14096 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14097 "found at previous line number"),
14098 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14102 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14104 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14105 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14106 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14110 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14111 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14113 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14114 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14115 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14117 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14119 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14121 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14124 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14125 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14127 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14128 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14130 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14131 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14132 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14133 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14134 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14135 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14136 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14138 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14141 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14147 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14148 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14151 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14155 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14158 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14161 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14168 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14174 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14175 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14176 a ranged breakpoint. */
14179 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14180 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14181 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14184 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14186 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14188 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14190 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14191 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14192 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14193 "multiple locations found\n"),
14198 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14199 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14200 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14201 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14202 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14203 individual locations. */
14204 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14209 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14211 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14213 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14215 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14217 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14219 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14223 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14226 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14227 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14230 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14232 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14233 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14234 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14235 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14240 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14242 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14244 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14248 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14251 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14252 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14253 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14254 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14255 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14256 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14257 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14259 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14261 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14263 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14264 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14266 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14267 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14275 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14276 if (l
->function_name
14277 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14287 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14288 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14290 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14293 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14294 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14296 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14297 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14300 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14301 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14303 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14307 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, &sals
);
14309 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14311 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14315 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14316 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14317 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14318 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14319 state, then user already saw the message about that
14320 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14322 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14323 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14324 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14325 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14326 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14327 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14329 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14331 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14332 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14333 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14334 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14335 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14336 which approach is better. */
14337 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14338 throw_exception (e
);
14343 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14347 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14348 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14349 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14351 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14354 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14355 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14357 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14359 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14360 b
->thread
= thread
;
14364 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14365 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14367 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14370 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14371 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14381 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14382 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14386 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14389 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14390 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14391 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14393 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, &found
);
14396 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14400 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14402 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
, &found
);
14405 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14406 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14410 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14413 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14414 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14417 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14418 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14419 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14421 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14424 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14425 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14429 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14430 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14432 char *extra_string
,
14433 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14434 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14436 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14437 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14438 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14439 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14441 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14443 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14444 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14445 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14448 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14449 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14452 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14453 const struct event_location
*location
,
14454 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14456 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14458 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14459 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14460 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14461 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14464 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14465 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14467 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14469 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14471 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14472 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14473 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14475 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14478 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14481 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14483 static struct cleanup
*
14484 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14486 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14488 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14489 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14490 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14491 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14492 set_language (b
->language
);
14497 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14498 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14499 Unused in this case. */
14502 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14504 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14505 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14506 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14508 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14509 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14510 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14514 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14516 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14518 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14519 enum language save_language
;
14520 int save_input_radix
;
14521 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14523 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14524 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14525 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14527 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14529 /* Format possible error msg. */
14530 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14532 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14533 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14534 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14536 set_language (save_language
);
14537 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14539 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14541 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14543 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14544 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14545 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14546 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14549 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14551 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14552 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14554 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14556 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14558 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14559 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14561 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14562 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14563 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14565 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14569 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14570 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14571 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14574 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14576 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14581 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14582 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14584 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14586 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14587 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14592 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14596 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14597 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14599 else if (count
== 1)
14600 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14603 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14604 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14607 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14611 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14614 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14617 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14623 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14625 num
= get_number (&p
);
14627 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14629 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14631 set_ignore_count (num
,
14632 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14635 printf_filtered ("\n");
14638 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14639 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14642 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14647 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14649 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14651 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14652 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14654 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14656 while (!state
.finished
)
14658 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14662 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14665 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14669 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14670 if (b
->number
== num
)
14673 function (b
, data
);
14677 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14682 static struct bp_location
*
14683 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14685 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14689 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14690 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14695 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14697 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14699 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14700 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14705 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14706 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14709 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14711 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14715 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14718 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14724 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14725 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14726 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14729 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14731 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14732 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14733 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14734 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14737 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14739 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14740 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14742 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14743 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14745 struct bp_location
*location
;
14747 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14748 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14751 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14753 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14756 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14759 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14761 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14764 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14765 disable_breakpoint. */
14768 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14770 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14774 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14778 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14781 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14782 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14786 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14790 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14792 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14799 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14801 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14802 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14803 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14804 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14806 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14809 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14810 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14816 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14819 int target_resources_ok
;
14821 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14824 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14825 target_resources_ok
=
14826 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14828 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14829 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14830 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14831 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14834 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14836 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14837 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14841 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14843 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14844 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14845 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14847 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14849 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14850 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14857 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14859 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14860 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14862 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14863 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14865 struct bp_location
*location
;
14867 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14868 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14871 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14872 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14873 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14875 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14880 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14882 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14886 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14888 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14891 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14892 enable_breakpoint. */
14895 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14897 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14900 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14901 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14902 in stopping the inferior. */
14905 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14909 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14911 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14912 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14913 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14917 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14921 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14923 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14930 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14932 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14933 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14934 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14935 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14937 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14940 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14941 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14946 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14956 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14958 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14960 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14964 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14966 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14968 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14972 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14974 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14978 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14980 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14982 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14986 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14991 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14993 count
= get_number (&args
);
14995 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14999 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
15001 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15003 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15007 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15009 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15013 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15018 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15022 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15023 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15027 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15028 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15029 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15031 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15033 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15034 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15035 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15037 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15039 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15041 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15043 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15044 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15045 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15046 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15048 value_free (wp
->val
);
15056 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15059 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15060 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15063 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15064 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15065 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15067 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15069 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15070 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
15073 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15075 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15076 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15077 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15079 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15082 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15085 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15086 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15089 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15091 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15093 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15099 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15103 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15106 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15108 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15110 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15111 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15117 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15119 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15121 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15123 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15124 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15128 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15130 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15131 struct event_location
*location
;
15132 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15134 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15135 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15136 if (location
!= NULL
15137 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15138 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15140 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15142 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15144 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15146 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15147 0 /* Ignore count */,
15148 pending_break_support
,
15152 0 /* internal */, 0);
15153 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15157 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15159 struct event_location
*location
;
15160 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15162 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15163 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15164 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15166 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15168 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15169 0 /* Ignore count */,
15170 pending_break_support
,
15171 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15174 0 /* internal */, 0);
15175 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15178 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15181 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15183 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15184 struct event_location
*location
;
15185 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15187 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15188 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15189 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15191 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15192 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15196 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15197 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15200 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15201 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15203 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15205 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15206 0 /* Ignore count */,
15207 pending_break_support
,
15211 0 /* internal */, 0);
15212 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15215 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15216 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15218 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15219 static int next_cmd
;
15222 read_uploaded_action (void)
15226 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15233 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15234 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15235 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15236 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15237 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15239 struct tracepoint
*
15240 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15242 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15243 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15244 struct event_location
*location
;
15245 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15247 if (utp
->at_string
)
15248 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15251 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15252 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15253 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15255 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15256 "source location, using raw address"),
15258 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15259 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15262 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15263 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15264 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15265 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15268 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15269 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15270 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15272 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15273 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15275 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15276 0 /* Ignore count */,
15277 pending_break_support
,
15278 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15280 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15282 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15284 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15288 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15290 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15291 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15292 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15296 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15299 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15302 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15303 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15304 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15306 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15308 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15313 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15315 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15317 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15318 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15319 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15320 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15323 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15324 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15325 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15330 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15334 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15336 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15339 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15341 if (num_printed
== 0)
15343 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15344 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15346 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15349 default_collect_info ();
15352 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15353 Not supported by all targets. */
15355 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15357 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15360 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15361 Not supported by all targets. */
15363 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15365 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15368 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15370 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15372 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15378 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15380 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15381 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15382 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15384 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15385 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15387 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15391 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15393 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15395 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15396 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15397 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15401 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15404 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15407 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15409 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15410 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15412 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15413 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15416 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15418 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15419 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15420 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15423 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15425 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15426 unsigned int count
;
15428 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15429 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15430 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15432 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15434 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15435 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15437 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15439 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15441 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15443 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15445 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15446 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15449 else if (*args
== '\0')
15451 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15453 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15457 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15459 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15460 while (!state
.finished
)
15462 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15464 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15469 struct tracepoint
*
15470 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15472 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15474 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15475 if (t
->number
== num
)
15476 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15481 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15482 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15485 struct tracepoint
*
15486 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15488 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15490 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15492 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15494 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15501 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15502 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15503 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15504 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15506 struct tracepoint
*
15507 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15508 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15510 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15512 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15516 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15517 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15519 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15520 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15522 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15526 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15527 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15530 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15534 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15535 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15537 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15540 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15545 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15547 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15548 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15551 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15553 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15556 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15557 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15558 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15562 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15563 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15565 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15567 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15568 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15569 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15571 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15572 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15574 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15577 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15578 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15581 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15582 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15587 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15589 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15591 /* We can stop searching. */
15598 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15602 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15603 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15604 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15606 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15607 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15608 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15610 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15611 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15615 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15616 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15619 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15620 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15623 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15625 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15626 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15629 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15630 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15632 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15633 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15635 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15637 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15639 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15641 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15644 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15646 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15648 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15649 throw_exception (ex
);
15653 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15654 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15657 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15658 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15660 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15661 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15662 special, and not user visible. */
15663 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15665 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15668 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15670 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15674 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15675 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15678 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15679 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15682 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15685 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15687 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15690 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15693 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15695 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15698 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15700 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15701 all_tracepoints (void)
15703 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15704 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15706 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15708 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15715 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15716 locations used by several commands. */
15718 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15719 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15720 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15721 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15722 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15723 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15725 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15726 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15727 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15729 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15730 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15731 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15732 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15733 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15735 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15736 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15737 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15740 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15741 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15742 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15743 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15744 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15745 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15746 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15749 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15750 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15752 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15753 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15754 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15755 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15756 conditions are different.\n\
15758 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15760 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15761 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15763 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15764 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15767 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15768 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15769 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15770 void *user_data_catch
,
15771 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15773 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15775 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15777 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15778 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15779 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15781 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15783 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15784 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15785 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15789 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15791 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15792 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15793 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15796 struct breakpoint
*
15797 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15800 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15804 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15811 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15812 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15815 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15817 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15818 non-inline function. */
15819 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15825 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15826 have been inlined. */
15829 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15830 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15832 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15833 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15837 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15840 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15842 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15843 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15851 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15854 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15856 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15858 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15859 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15860 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15864 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15866 static int initialized
= 0;
15868 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15874 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15875 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15876 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15877 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15878 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15879 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15880 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15881 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15882 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15883 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15884 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15885 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15887 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15888 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15889 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15890 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15891 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15892 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15893 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15894 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15896 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15897 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15898 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15899 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15900 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15901 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15902 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15903 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15904 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15905 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15907 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15908 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15909 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15910 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15911 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15912 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15913 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15915 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15916 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15917 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15918 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15919 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15920 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15921 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15923 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15924 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15925 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15926 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15928 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15929 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15930 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15931 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15932 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15933 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15934 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15937 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15938 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15939 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15940 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15941 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15942 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15943 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15944 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15945 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15946 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15947 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15948 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15949 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15950 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15952 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15953 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15954 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15955 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15956 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15957 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15958 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15959 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15960 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15961 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15962 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15965 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15966 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15967 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15968 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15969 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15970 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15971 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15972 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15973 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15974 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15976 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15977 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15978 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15979 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15980 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15982 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15983 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15984 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15985 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15986 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15987 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15989 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15990 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15991 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15992 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15993 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15994 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15995 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15996 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15997 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15998 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16000 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16001 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16002 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16003 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16004 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16005 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16006 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16007 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16008 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16009 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16011 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16012 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16013 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16014 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16015 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16016 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16017 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16018 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16019 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16020 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16021 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16023 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16024 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16025 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16026 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16027 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16028 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16029 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16030 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16031 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16032 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16033 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16034 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16036 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16037 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16038 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16039 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16040 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16041 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16042 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16043 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16044 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16047 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16049 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16052 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16054 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16056 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16058 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16059 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16060 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16062 breakpoint_objfile_key
16063 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16065 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16066 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16067 before a breakpoint is set. */
16068 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16070 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16072 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16073 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16074 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16076 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16077 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16078 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16079 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16080 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16081 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16082 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16083 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16085 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16086 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16087 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16088 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16089 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16091 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16092 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16093 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16094 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16095 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16097 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16098 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16100 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16101 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16102 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16103 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16105 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16106 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16108 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16109 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16110 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16111 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16113 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16114 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16116 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16117 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16118 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16119 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16120 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16121 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16122 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16124 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16126 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16127 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16128 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16129 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16130 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16131 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16133 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16134 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16135 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16138 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16139 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16140 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16143 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16144 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16145 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16146 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16149 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16150 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16151 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16154 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16155 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16156 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16159 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16160 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16161 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16162 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16165 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16166 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16167 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16168 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16169 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16170 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16171 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16172 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16174 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16175 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16176 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16177 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16178 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16179 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16182 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16183 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16184 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16185 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16187 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16188 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16189 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16190 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16191 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16193 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16194 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16195 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16196 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16197 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16200 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16201 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16202 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16204 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16205 is executing in.\n"
16206 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16207 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16208 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16210 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16211 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16212 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16213 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16215 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16216 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16217 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16218 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16222 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16223 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16224 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16225 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16226 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16227 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16228 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16229 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16230 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16231 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16232 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16233 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16234 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16235 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16236 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16237 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16239 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16240 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16241 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16242 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16243 breakpoint set."));
16246 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16247 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16248 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16249 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16250 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16251 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16252 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16253 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16254 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16256 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16257 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16258 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16259 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16260 breakpoint set."));
16262 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16264 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16265 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16266 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16267 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16268 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16269 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16270 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16271 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16272 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16273 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16274 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16275 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16276 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16278 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16279 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16280 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16281 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16283 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16285 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16286 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16287 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16288 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16290 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16291 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16292 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16293 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16295 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16296 catch_fork_command_1
,
16298 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16299 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16300 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16301 catch_fork_command_1
,
16303 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16304 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16305 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16306 catch_exec_command_1
,
16310 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16311 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16312 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16313 catch_load_command_1
,
16317 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16318 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16319 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16320 catch_unload_command_1
,
16325 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16326 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16327 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16328 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16329 an expression changes.\n\
16330 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16331 the memory to which it refers."));
16332 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16334 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16335 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16336 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16337 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16338 an expression is read.\n\
16339 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16340 the memory to which it refers."));
16341 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16343 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16344 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16345 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16346 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16347 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16348 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16349 the memory to which it refers."));
16350 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16352 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16353 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16355 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16356 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16357 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16358 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16359 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16360 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16361 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16362 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16363 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16366 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16367 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16369 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16371 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16373 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16374 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16376 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16377 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16378 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16380 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16381 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16382 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16383 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16385 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16386 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16388 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16389 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16390 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16392 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16393 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16395 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16396 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16397 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16398 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16399 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16400 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16401 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16402 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16403 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16405 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16406 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16407 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16408 conditions are different.\n\
16410 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16411 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16412 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16414 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16415 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16416 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16417 last tracepoint set."));
16419 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16421 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16422 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16423 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16424 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16426 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16428 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16429 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16430 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16431 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16433 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16435 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16436 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16437 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16438 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16440 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16442 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16443 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16444 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16445 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16446 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16448 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16449 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16450 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16451 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16453 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16454 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16455 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16456 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16457 session to restore them."),
16459 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16461 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16462 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16463 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16465 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16467 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16468 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16470 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16471 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16472 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16473 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16474 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16475 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16476 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16477 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16478 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16479 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16480 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16481 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16483 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16484 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16485 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16486 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16487 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16488 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16489 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16490 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16492 show_pending_break_support
,
16493 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16494 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16496 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16498 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16499 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16500 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16501 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16502 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16503 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16504 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16506 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16507 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16508 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16510 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16511 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16512 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16513 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16514 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16515 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16516 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16517 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16518 when execution stops."),
16520 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16521 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16522 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16524 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16525 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16526 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16527 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16528 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16529 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16530 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16531 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16532 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16533 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16534 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16535 be set to \"gdb\""),
16536 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16537 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16538 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16539 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16541 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16542 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16543 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16544 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16545 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16546 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16547 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16548 or the start of the range\n\
16549 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16550 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16551 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16553 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16554 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16555 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16557 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16558 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16559 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16560 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16561 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16562 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16564 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16565 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16566 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16567 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16568 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16569 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16570 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16571 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16572 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16573 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16574 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16575 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16577 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16578 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16579 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16580 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16581 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16582 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16583 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16585 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16586 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16587 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16588 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16589 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16590 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16591 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16593 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16594 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16595 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16596 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16597 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16598 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16601 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16603 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16604 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16605 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16607 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16609 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16610 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);